Document:

Indenture

 Exhibit 4.3 

 
  
 ENDO PHARMACEUTICALS HOLDINGS INC. 
 AND EACH OF THE GUARANTORS PARTY HERETO

 7 1/4% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2022 
  

 
 INDENTURE

 Dated as of June 8, 2011 
  

 
 WELLS FARGO
BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, 
 Trustee 
  

 
  

 

 CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE* 

 

			
	 Trust Indenture
 Act Section
	  	Indenture Section
	 310(a)(1)
	  	7.10
	       (a)(2)
	  	7.10
	       (a)(3)
	  	N.A.
	       (a)(4)
	  	N.A.
	       (a)(5)
	  	7.10
	       (b)
	  	7.10
	       (c)
	  	N.A.
	 311(a)
	  	7.11
	       (b)
	  	7.11
	       (c)
	  	N.A.
	 312(a)
	  	2.05
	       (b)
	  	12.03
	       (c)
	  	12.03
	 313(a)
	  	7.06
	       (b)(1)
	  	N.A.
	       (b)(2)
	  	7.06; 7.07
	       (c)
	  	7.06; 12.02
	       (d)
	  	7.06
	 314(a)
	  	4.03;12.02; 12.05
	       (b)
	  	N.A.
	       (c)(1)
	  	12.04
	       (c)(2)
	  	12.04
	       (c)(3)
	  	N.A.
	       (d)
	  	N.A.
	       (e)
	  	12.05
	       (f)
	  	N.A.
	 315(a)
	  	7.01
	       (b)
	  	7.05; 12.02
	       (c)
	  	7.01
	       (d)
	  	7.01
	       (e)
	  	6.11
	 316(a) (last sentence)
	  	2.09
	       (a)(1)(A)
	  	6.05
	       (a)(1)(B)
	  	6.04
	       (a)(2)
	  	N.A.
	       (b)
	  	6.07
	       (c)
	  	2.12
	 317(a)(1)
	  	6.08
	       (a)(2)
	  	6.09
	       (b)
	  	2.04
	 318(a)
	  	12.01
	       (b)
	  	N.A.
	       (c)
	  	12.01

 N.A. means not applicable.

	*	This Cross Reference Table is not part of the Indenture. 

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 

 

							
	 	  	 	  	Page	 
	  
 ARTICLE 1

DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION
 BY REFERENCE
  
	 
   
   
   
 

	Section 1.01	  	Definitions	  	 	1	  
	Section 1.02	  	Other Definitions	  	 	34	  
	Section 1.03	  	Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act	  	 	35	  
	Section 1.04	  	Rules of Construction	  	 	35	  
	  
 ARTICLE 2

THE NOTES
  
	 
   

  
 

	Section 2.01	  	Form and Dating	  	 	36	  
	Section 2.02	  	Execution and Authentication	  	 	36	  
	Section 2.03	  	Registrar and Paying Agent	  	 	37	  
	Section 2.04	  	Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust	  	 	37	  
	Section 2.05	  	Holder Lists	  	 	38	  
	Section 2.06	  	Transfer and Exchange	  	 	38	  
	Section 2.07	  	Replacement Notes	  	 	50	  
	Section 2.08	  	Outstanding Notes	  	 	51	  
	Section 2.09	  	Treasury Notes	  	 	51	  
	Section 2.10	  	Temporary Notes	  	 	51	  
	Section 2.11	  	Cancellation	  	 	51	  
	Section 2.12	  	Defaulted Interest	  	 	52	  
	Section 2.13	  	CUSIP or ISIN Numbers	  	 	52	  
	  
 ARTICLE 3

REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT

 
	 
   

  
 

	Section 3.01	  	Notices to Trustee	  	 	52	  
	Section 3.02	  	Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed or Purchased	  	 	52	  
	Section 3.03	  	Notice of Redemption	  	 	53	  
	Section 3.04	  	Effect of Notice of Redemption	  	 	54	  
	Section 3.05	  	Deposit of Redemption or Purchase Price	  	 	54	  
	Section 3.06	  	Notes Redeemed or Purchased in Part	  	 	54	  
	Section 3.07	  	Optional Redemption	  	 	54	  
	Section 3.08	  	Mandatory Redemption	  	 	55	  
	Section 3.09	  	Offer to Purchase by Application of Excess Proceeds	  	 	55	  
	Section 3.10	  	Special Mandatory Redemption	  	 	57	  
	  
 ARTICLE 4

COVENANTS
  
	 
   

  
 

	Section 4.01	  	Payment of Notes	  	 	57	  
	Section 4.02	  	Maintenance of Office or Agency	  	 	58	  
	Section 4.03	  	Reports	  	 	58	  
	Section 4.04	  	Compliance Certificate	  	 	59	  
	Section 4.05	  	Taxes	  	 	59	  
	Section 4.06	  	Stay, Extension and Usury Laws	  	 	60	  
	Section 4.07	  	Restricted Payments	  	 	60	  
	Section 4.08	  	Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries	  	 	64	  

							
		    		  	 	Page	  
			
	Section 4.09	    	Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock	  	 	66	  
	Section 4.10	    	Asset Sales	  	 	70	  
	Section 4.11	    	Transactions with Affiliates	  	 	72	  
	Section 4.12	    	Liens	  	 	74	  
	Section 4.13	    	Corporate Existence	  	 	74	  
	Section 4.14	    	Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control	  	 	74	  
	Section 4.15	    	No Amendment to Subordination Provisions	  	 	76	  
	Section 4.16	    	Limitation on Sale Leaseback Transactions	  	 	76	  
	Section 4.17	    	Payments for Consent	  	 	76	  
	Section 4.18	    	Additional Note Guarantees	  	 	77	  
	Section 4.19	    	Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries	  	 	77	  
	Section 4.20	    	Fall Away Event	  	 	78	  
	  
 ARTICLE 5

SUCCESSORS
  
	 
   
   
 

	Section 5.01	    	Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets	  	 	79	  
	Section 5.02	    	Successor Corporation Substituted	  	 	80	  
	  
 ARTICLE 6

DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

 
	 
   

  
 

	Section 6.01	    	Events of Default	  	 	81	  
	Section 6.02	    	Acceleration	  	 	82	  
	Section 6.03	    	Other Remedies	  	 	83	  
	Section 6.04	    	Waiver of Past Defaults	  	 	83	  
	Section 6.05	    	Control by Majority	  	 	83	  
	Section 6.06	    	Limitation on Suits	  	 	83	  
	Section 6.07	    	Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment	  	 	84	  
	Section 6.08	    	Collection Suit by Trustee	  	 	84	  
	Section 6.09	    	Trustee May File Proofs of Claim	  	 	84	  
	Section 6.10	    	Priorities	  	 	85	  
	Section 6.11	    	Undertaking for Costs	  	 	85	  
	  
 ARTICLE 7

TRUSTEE
  
	 
   

  
 

	Section 7.01	    	Duties of Trustee	  	 	85	  
	Section 7.02	    	Rights of Trustee	  	 	86	  
	Section 7.03	    	Individual Rights of Trustee	  	 	87	  
	Section 7.04	    	Trustee’s Disclaimer	  	 	87	  
	Section 7.05	    	Notice of Defaults	  	 	88	  
	Section 7.06	    	Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Notes	  	 	88	  
	Section 7.07	    	Compensation and Indemnity	  	 	88	  
	Section 7.08	    	Replacement of Trustee	  	 	89	  
	Section 7.09	    	Successor Trustee by Merger, etc.	  	 	90	  
	Section 7.10	    	Eligibility; Disqualification	  	 	90	  
	Section 7.11	    	Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company	  	 	90	  
	  
 ARTICLE 8

LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE

 
	 
   

  
 

	Section 8.01	    	Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance	  	 	90	  
	Section 8.02	    	Legal Defeasance and Discharge	  	 	90	  
	Section 8.03	    	Covenant Defeasance	  	 	91	  

  
 ii 

							
		    		  	 	Page	  
			
	Section 8.04	    	Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance	  	 	91	  
	Section 8.05	    	Deposited Money and Government Securities to be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions	  	 	93	  
	Section 8.06	    	Repayment to Company	  	 	93	  
	Section 8.07	    	Reinstatement	  	 	93	  
	  
 ARTICLE 9

AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER

 
	 
   

  
 

	Section 9.01	    	Without Consent of Holders of Notes	  	 	94	  
	Section 9.02	    	With Consent of Holders of Notes	  	 	95	  
	Section 9.03	    	Compliance with Trust Indenture Act	  	 	96	  
	Section 9.04	    	Revocation and Effect of Consents	  	 	96	  
	Section 9.05	    	Notation on or Exchange of Notes	  	 	96	  
	Section 9.06	    	Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc.	  	 	96	  
	  
 ARTICLE 10

NOTE GUARANTEES
  
	 
   

  
 

	Section 10.01	    	Guarantee	  	 	97	  
	Section 10.02	    	Limitation on Guarantor Liability	  	 	98	  
	Section 10.03	    	Issuance and Delivery of Note Guarantee	  	 	98	  
	Section 10.04	    	Guarantors May Consolidate, etc., on Certain Terms	  	 	99	  
	Section 10.05	    	Releases	  	 	99	  
	  
 ARTICLE 11

SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

 
	 
   

  
 

	Section 11.01	    	Satisfaction and Discharge	  	 	100	  
	Section 11.02	    	Application of Trust Money	  	 	101	  
	  
 ARTICLE 12

MISCELLANEOUS
  
	 
   

  
 

	Section 12.01	    	Trust Indenture Act Controls	  	 	101	  
	Section 12.02	    	Notices	  	 	101	  
	Section 12.03	    	Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes	  	 	103	  
	Section 12.04	    	Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent	  	 	103	  
	Section 12.05	    	Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion	  	 	103	  
	Section 12.06	    	Rules by Trustee and Agents	  	 	103	  
	Section 12.07	    	No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders	  	 	103	  
	Section 12.08	    	Governing Law; Waiver of Jury Trial	  	 	104	  
	Section 12.09	    	No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements	  	 	104	  
	Section 12.10	    	Successors	  	 	104	  
	Section 12.11	    	Severability	  	 	104	  
	Section 12.12	    	Counterpart Originals	  	 	104	  
	Section 12.13	    	Table of Contents, Headings, etc.	  	 	104	  
	Section 12.14	    	U.S.A. Patriot Act	  	 	104	  
	Section 12.15	    	Force Majeure	  	 	105	  

  
 iii

 EXHIBITS 
  

			
	Exhibit A	  	FORM OF NOTE
	Exhibit B	  	FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER
	Exhibit C	  	FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE
	Exhibit D	  	FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF ACQUIRING INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR
	Exhibit E	  	FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

 INDENTURE dated as of June 8, 2011 among ENDO PHARMACEUTICALS HOLDINGS INC., a Delaware
corporation, the Guarantors (as defined herein) and WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as trustee (the “Trustee”). 
 The Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee agree as follows for the benefit of each other and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders (as defined herein) of the 7 1/4% Senior Notes due 2022 (the “Notes”):

 ARTICLE 1 
 DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION 
 BY REFERENCE 

Section 1.01 Definitions. 
 “144A Global Note” means a Global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of,
and registered in the name of, the Depositary or its nominee that will be issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes sold in reliance on Rule 144A. 

“Acquired Debt” means, with respect to any specified Person: 

(1) Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person is merged with or into or became a Subsidiary
of such specified Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person merging with or into, or becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of, such specified Person; and 

(2) Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person. 

“Additional Interest” has the meaning assigned to that term pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement. 

“Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under
direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, “control,” as used with respect to any Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of
the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise. For purposes of this definition, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under
common control with” have correlative meanings. 
 “Agent” means any Registrar, co-registrar, Paying
Agent or additional paying agent. 
 “AMS Merger Agreement” means the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of
April 10, 2011, among the Company, NIKA Merger Sub, Inc. and American Medical Systems Holdings, Inc. 
 “Applicable
Premium” means, with respect to any Note on any redemption date, the greater of: 
 (1) 1.0% of the
principal amount of the Note; or 
 (2) the excess of: (a) the present value at such redemption date of
(i) the redemption price of the Note at July 15, 2016, (such redemption price being set forth in the table appearing below in Section 3.07) plus (ii) all required interest payments due on the Note from such

  
 1 

 
redemption date through July 15, 2016, (excluding accrued but unpaid interest to the redemption date), computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate as of such redemption date
plus 50 basis points; over (b) the principal amount of the Note. 
 “Applicable Procedures” means, with
respect to any transfer or exchange of or for beneficial interests in any Global Note, the rules and procedures of the Depositary, Euroclear and Clearstream that apply to such transfer or exchange. 

“Asset Sale” means any sale, lease, transfer or other disposition (or series of related sales, leases, transfers or
dispositions) by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, including any disposition by means of a merger, consolidation or similar transaction (each referred to for the purposes of this definition as a “disposition”), of: 

(1) any shares of Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary (other than directors’ qualifying shares or shares
required by applicable law to be held by a Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary); 
 (2) all
or substantially all the assets of any division or line of business of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; or 
 (3) any other assets of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary outside of the ordinary course of business of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, 

other than, in the case of clauses (1), (2) and (3) above: 

(a) a disposition by a Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary to a Restricted
Subsidiary; 
 (b) for purposes of Section 4.10 only, a disposition that constitutes a Restricted Payment
(or would constitute a Restricted Payment but for the exclusions from the definition thereof) that is not prohibited by Section 4.07 or that constitutes a Permitted Investment; 

(c) a disposition of all or substantially all the assets of the Company in accordance with Section 5.01 or any
disposition that constitutes a Change of Control pursuant to this Indenture; 
 (d) a disposition of assets with
a Fair Market Value of less than or equal to $20.0 million in any single transaction or series of related transactions; 
 (e) sales or dispositions of damaged, expired, short-dated, worn-out or obsolete equipment or assets in the ordinary course of business that, in the Company’s reasonable judgment, are no longer
either used or useful in the business of the Company or its Subsidiaries; 
 (f) leases or subleases to third
Persons in the ordinary course of business that do not interfere in any material respect with the business of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; 

  
 2 

 (g) to the extent allowable under Section 1031 of the Internal Revenue
Code of 1986, any exchange of like property (excluding any boot thereon) for use in a Permitted Business; 
 (h)
the lease, assignment, sub-lease, license or sub-license of any real or personal property in the ordinary course of business; 
 (i) any issuance or sale of Capital Stock in, or Indebtedness or other securities of, an Unrestricted Subsidiary; 
 (j) foreclosures, condemnation, expropriation or any similar action on assets of the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries; 

(k) the sale or discount of inventory, accounts receivable or notes receivable in the ordinary course of business or the
conversion of accounts receivable to notes receivable; 
 (l) the licensing or sub-licensing of intellectual
property or other general intangibles in the ordinary course of business, other than the licensing of intellectual property on a long-term basis unless such long-term licensing is in the ordinary course of business as determined by the Company in
good faith; 
 (m) any surrender or waiver of contract rights or the settlement, release or surrender of contract
rights or other litigation claims in the ordinary course of business; 
 (n) the unwinding of any Hedging
Obligations; 
 (o) sales, transfers and other dispositions of Investments in joint ventures made in the ordinary
course of business or to the extent required by, or made pursuant to, customary buy/sell arrangements between the joint venture parties set forth in joint venture arrangements and similar binding arrangements or any sale, transfer or disposition of
all or any part of a HealthTronics Joint Venture; 
 (p) the abandonment of intellectual property rights in the
ordinary course of business, which in the reasonable good faith determination of the Company are not material to the conduct of the business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole; 

(q) the settlement or early termination of any Permitted Convertible Indebtedness Call Transaction; 

(r) a disposition of cash or Cash Equivalents; 

(s) a disposition or other divestiture of all or part of the Company’s radiation therapy services business;

 (t) a disposition in connection with a co-development agreement; and 

(u) the creation of a Lien (but not the sale or other disposition of the property subject to such Lien). 

  
 3 

 “Asset Sale Offer” has the meaning assigned to that term in
Section 3.09. 
 “Attributable Debt” in respect of a Sale Leaseback Transaction means, as at the time of
determination, the present value (discounted at the interest rate implicit in the lease, compounded annually) of the total obligations of the lessee for rental payments during the remaining term of the lease included in such Sale Leaseback
Transaction (including any period for which such lease has been extended); provided, however, that if such Sale Leaseback Transaction results in a Capital Lease Obligation, the amount of Indebtedness represented thereby will be determined in
accordance with the definition of “Capital Lease Obligation.” 
 “Bankruptcy Custodian” means
any receiver, interim receiver, receiver and manager, trustee, assignee, liquidator, custodian or similar official under any Bankruptcy Law. 
 “Bankruptcy Law” means Title 11, U.S. Code or any similar federal or state law for the relief of debtors. 
 “Below Investment Grade Rating Event” means the rating on the Notes is lowered in respect of a Change of Control and the Notes are rated below Investment Grade by both of the Rating
Agencies on any date from the date of the public notice of an arrangement that could result in a Change of Control until the end of the 60-day period following public notice of the occurrence of a Change of Control (which period shall be extended
until the ratings are announced if, during such 60-day period, the rating of the Notes is under publicly announced consideration for possible downgrade by both of the Rating Agencies). 

“Beneficial Owner” has the meaning assigned to such term in Rule 13d-3 and Rule 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except
that in calculating the beneficial ownership of any particular “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), such “person” will be deemed to have beneficial ownership of all securities that such
“person” has the right to acquire by conversion or exercise of other securities, whether such right is currently exercisable or is exercisable only after the passage of time. The terms “Beneficially Owns” and “Beneficially
Owned” have a corresponding meaning. 
 “Board of Directors” means: 

(1) with respect to a corporation, the board of directors of the corporation or any committee thereof duly authorized to
act on behalf of such board; 
 (2) with respect to a partnership, the Board of Directors of the general partner
of the partnership; 
 (3) with respect to a limited liability company, the managing member or members or any
controlling committee of managing members thereof; and 
 (4) with respect to any other Person, the board or
committee of such Person serving a similar function. 
 “Broker-Dealer” has the meaning set forth in the
Registration Rights Agreement. 
 “Business Day” means any day other than a Legal Holiday. 

“Capital Lease Obligation” means, with respect to any Person, the obligations of such Person to pay rent or other
amounts under any lease of (or other arrangement conveying the right to use) real or 

  
 4 

 
personal property, or a combination thereof, which obligations are required to be classified and accounted for as capital leases on a balance sheet of such Person under GAAP; and, for the
purposes of this Indenture, the amount of such obligations at any time shall be the capitalized amount thereof at such time determined in accordance with GAAP. 
 “Capital Stock” of any Person means any and all shares, interests, participations, rights in or other equivalents (however designated) of such Person’s capital stock, other equity
interests whether now outstanding or issued after the Issue Date, partnership interests (whether general or limited), limited liability company interests, any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of
the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person, including any Preferred Stock, and any rights (other than debt securities convertible into, or exchangeable for or valued by reference to, Capital Stock until and unless
any such debt security is converted into Capital Stock), warrants or options exchangeable for or convertible into such Capital Stock; provided that no warrants, options, rights or obligations to purchase Capital Stock purchased or sold in a
Permitted Convertible Indebtedness Call Transaction or sold as units with Indebtedness constituting Permitted Convertible Indebtedness shall constitute Capital Stock. 
 “Cash Equivalents” means: 
 (1) United States
dollars; 
 (2) pounds sterling, euro, any national currency of any participating member state in the European
Union and Canadian dollars, and such local currencies as are held from time to time in the ordinary course of business; 
 (3) securities issued or directly and fully and unconditionally guaranteed or insured by the United States or any member state in the European Union or any agency or instrumentality thereof the securities
of which are unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation of such government with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition; 

(4) certificates of deposit, time deposits and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of one year or less from the date
of acquisition, bankers’ acceptances with maturities not exceeding one year and overnight bank deposits, in each case with any commercial bank having capital and surplus in excess of $500.0 million; 

(5) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than thirty days for underlying securities of the types described in
clauses (3) and (4) entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (4) above; 
 (6) commercial paper rated at least P-2 by Moody’s or at least A-2 by S&P and in each case maturing within 12 months after the date of creation thereof; 

(7) readily marketable direct obligations issued by any state of the United States of America or any political subdivision
thereof having one of the two highest rating categories obtainable from either Moody’s or S&P with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition; 

(8) instruments equivalent to those referred to in clauses (1) to (7) above denominated in euro or pounds
sterling or any other foreign currency comparable in credit quality and tenor to those referred to above and customarily used by corporations for cash management purposes in any jurisdiction outside the United States to the extent reasonably
required in 

  
 5 

 
connection with any business conducted by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary organized or operating in such jurisdiction; 

(9) investment or money market funds investing 90% of their assets in securities of the types described in clauses
(1) through (7) above; 
 (10) investments in auction rate securities; and 

(11) any other cash equivalent investments permitted by the Company’s investment policy as such policy is in effect
from time to time. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Cash Equivalents shall include amounts denominated in currencies other than those set forth in clauses (1) and (2) above; provided that such amounts are converted into any currency listed
in clauses (1) and (2) as promptly as practicable and in any event within ten business days following the receipt of such amounts. 
 “Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following: 
 (1) any “person” or “group” (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) is or becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5
under the Exchange Act, except that a Person shall be deemed to have beneficial ownership of all shares that such Person has the right to acquire, whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time), directly or
indirectly, of more than 50% of the total outstanding Voting Stock of the Company; 
 (2) the Company
consolidates with or merges with or into any Person or sells, assigns, conveys, transfers, leases or otherwise disposes of all or substantially all of its assets to any Person, or any Person consolidates with or merges into or with the Company, in
any such event pursuant to a transaction in which the outstanding Voting Stock of the Company is converted into or exchanged for cash, securities or other property, other than any such transaction where: 

(v) the outstanding Voting Stock of the Company is changed into or exchanged for Voting Stock of the surviving
corporation; and 
 (w) the holders of the Voting Stock of the Company immediately prior to such transaction own,
directly or indirectly, not less than a majority of the Voting Stock of the Company or the surviving corporation immediately after such transaction and in substantially the same proportion as before the transaction, or 

(3) the Company is liquidated or dissolved or adopts a plan of liquidation or dissolution other than in a transaction
which complies with Section 5.01. 
 “Change of Control Offer” has the meaning assigned to that term in
Section 4.14 
 “Change of Control Repurchase Event” means (a) prior to the occurrence of a Fall Away
Event, a Change of Control and (b) after the occurrence of a Fall Away Event, a Change of Control together with a Below Investment Grade Rating Event.  
 “Clearstream” means Clearstream Banking, S.A. 

“Company” means Endo Pharmaceuticals Holdings Inc., and any and all successors thereto. 

  
 6 

 “Commodity Price Protection Agreement” means any forward contract,
commodity swap, commodity option or other similar financial agreement or arrangement relating to, or the value of which is dependent upon, fluctuations in commodity prices.  

“Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA” means , with respect to any Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such
Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period plus, without duplication and to the extent deducted in determining Consolidated Net Income for such period, the sum of: 

(1) expense and provision for taxes, paid or accrued, 

(2) Consolidated Interest Expense and charges and deferred financing fees, losses on hedging obligations or other
derivative instruments entered into for the purpose of hedging interest rate risk, net of gains on such hedging obligations, and costs of surety bonds in connection with financing activities, 

(3) Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense, 

(4) non-cash charges recorded in respect of purchase accounting and non-cash exchange, translation or performance losses
relating to any foreign currency hedging transactions or currency fluctuations, 
 (5) any other non-cash items
except to the extent representing an accrual for future cash outlays, including pursuant to any management equity plan or stock plan or pursuant to SFAS 158 (codified under ASC 715), 

(6)(a) milestone payments in connection with any investment or series of related investments or (b) upfront or
similar payments made in connection with the closing of any acquisition (including any license or any acquisition of any license) solely or primarily of all or any portion of the rights in respect of one or more drugs or pharmaceutical products,
whether in development or on market, including related intellectual property, but not of Equity Interests in any Person or any operating business unit, 
 (7) any unusual, infrequent or extraordinary loss or charge (including, without limitation, the amount of any restructuring, integration, transition, executive severance, facility closing and similar
charges accrued during such period, including any charges to establish accruals and reserves or to make payments associated with the reassessment or realignment of the business and operations of the Company and its Subsidiaries, including, without
limitation, the sale or closing of facilities, severance, stay bonuses and curtailments or modifications to pension and post-retirement employee benefit plans, asset write-downs or asset disposals (including leased facilities), write-downs for
purchase and lease commitments, start-up costs for new facilities, write-downs of excess, obsolete or unbalanced inventories, relocation costs which are not otherwise capitalized and any related promotional costs of exiting products or product
lines), 
 (8) non-recurring cash charges in connection with the litigation, investigations and legal and
regulatory proceedings described in the Offering Memorandum or the documents incorporated by reference in the Offering Memorandum as of the Issue Date, 
 (9) expenses with respect to casualty events, 

  
 7 

 (10) the amount of net cost savings in connection with any acquisition or
otherwise projected by the Company in good faith to be realized as a result of specified actions taken prior to the last day of such period (calculated on a pro forma basis as though such cost savings had been realized since the first day of such
period), net of the amount of actual benefits realized during such period from such actions, provided that (A) in connection with any acquisition, such actions have been taken prior to such date of determination and within 24 months after the
Issue Date or within 12 months after the closing date of such acquisition, and (B) no cost savings shall be added pursuant to this clause (10) to the extent duplicative of any expenses or charges relating to such cost savings that are
included in clause (7) above with respect to such period (“Pro Forma Cost Savings”), 
 (11) to
the extent actually reimbursed, expenses incurred to the extent covered by indemnification provisions in any agreement in connection with any acquisition permitted under this Indenture, and 

(12) any contingent or deferred payments (including earn-out payments, non-compete payments and consulting payments but
excluding ongoing royalty payments) made in connection with any acquisition permitted under this Indenture, 
 minus, to the extent
included in Consolidated Net Income for such period, the sum of (x) any unusual, infrequent or extraordinary income or gains and (y) any other non-cash income (except to the extent representing an accrual for future cash income), all
calculated for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP on a consolidated basis; 
 provided that to the
extent included in Consolidated Net Income, (A) currency translation gains and losses related to currency remeasurements of Indebtedness shall be excluded in determining Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA (including the net loss or gain resulting
from swap agreements for currency exchange risk) and (B) any adjustments resulting from the application of SFAS 133 shall be excluded in determining Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA. 

“Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense” means with respect to any Person for any period, the total amount
of depreciation and amortization expense, including any amortization of deferred financing fees, amortization in relation to terminated Hedging Obligations and amortization of intangibles, including, but not limited to, goodwill, of such Person and
its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period on a consolidated basis and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP. 

“Consolidated Interest Expense” means, with respect to any period, the sum, without duplication, of: 

(1) the interest expense, whether or not paid in cash, of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries calculated on a
consolidated basis for such period in accordance with GAAP, including, without limitation, interest expense under Capital Lease Obligations that is treated as interest in accordance with GAAP and net payments, if any, pursuant to interest rate
Hedging Obligations, but excluding any (i) non-cash interest expense attributable to the movement in mark-to-market valuation of Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments pursuant to FASB No. 133, (ii) non-cash interest
expense attributable to the amortization of gains or losses resulting from the termination of Hedging Obligations prior to or reasonably contemporaneously with the Issue Date, (iii) amortization of deferred financing fees, (iv) expensing
of bridge or other financing fees and (v) interest expense of Ledgemont for any period prior to November 23, 2010; plus 

  
 8 

 (a) imputed interest attributable to Capital Lease Obligations of the
Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, plus  
 (b) commissions, discounts, yield and
other fees and charges owed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to letters of credit securing financial obligations, bankers’ acceptance financing and receivables financings for such period, plus 

 (c) amortization, accretion or write-off of debt discount and debt issuance costs, premiums, commissions,
discounts and other fees and charges associated with Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, plus  
 (d) cash contributions to any employee stock ownership plan or similar trust made by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to the extent such contributions are used by such plan or trust to
pay interest or fees to any person in connection with Indebtedness incurred by such plan or trust for such period, plus  
 (e) all interest paid or payable with respect to discontinued operations of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, plus  

(f) the interest portion of any deferred payment obligations of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries for such
period, plus  
 (g) all interest on any Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
of the type described in clause (6) of the definition of “Indebtedness” for such period, plus  
 (h) the interest component of all Attributable Receivables Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, less 

(2) (1) interest income of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period and (2) any amortization of
deferred charges resulting from the application of “Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. APB 14-1—Accounting for Convertible Debt Instruments” (codified under ASC 470) that may be settled in cash upon conversion (including partial
cash settlement). 
 “Consolidated Net Income” means, of any Person for any period, the consolidated net income
(or loss) of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP; provided that in calculating Consolidated Net Income of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries for any period,
there shall be excluded: 
 (1) the income (or deficit) of any Person accrued prior to the date it becomes a
Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or is merged into or consolidated with the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; 
 (2) the income (or deficit) of any Person (other than a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company) in which the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has an ownership interest, except to the extent
that any such income is actually received by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary in the form of dividends or similar distributions; 

  
 9 

 (3) solely for the purpose of determining the amount available for
Restricted Payments under Section 4.07(a)(iii)(A), the undistributed earnings of any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by such Restricted Subsidiary is not
at the time permitted by the terms of any agreement, instrument, contract, charter, organizational or governing document or other undertaking applicable to such Person, to which such Person is a party or by which any of its property is bound or any
law, treaty, rule, regulation or determination of an arbitrator or a court of competent jurisdiction or other governmental authority, in each case, applicable or binding upon such Person or any of its Property or to which such Person or any of its
property is subject; 
 (4) any fees and expenses incurred during such period, or any amortization thereof for
such period, in connection with the consummation of any acquisition, investment, asset disposition, issuance or repayment of debt, issuance of equity securities, refinancing transaction or amendment or other modification of any debt instrument (in
each case, including any such transaction consummated prior to the Issue Date, and any such transaction undertaken but not completed) and any charges or non-recurring costs incurred during such period as a result of any such transaction; 

(5) any amortization of deferred charges resulting from the application of “Accounting Principles Board Opinion No.
APB 14-1—Accounting for Convertible Debt Instruments” (codified under ASC 470) that may be settled in cash upon conversion (including partial cash settlement); and 

(6) any income (loss) for such period attributable to the early extinguishment of Indebtedness, together with any related
provision for taxes on any such income. There shall be excluded from Consolidated Net Income for any period (i) any gains or losses resulting from any reappraisal, revaluation or write-up or write-down of assets or liabilities (including any
gains and losses attributable to movement in the mark-to-market valuation of (a) any Permitted Convertible Indebtedness, (b) any Permitted Convertible Indebtedness Call Transaction and (c) contingent consideration assumed in business
acquisitions), (ii) any non-cash charges recorded in respect of intangible assets, including goodwill, (iii) any income (or loss) of Ledgemont for any period prior to November 23, 2010, and (iv) the purchase accounting effects of
in process research and development expenses for asset acquisitions and adjustments to property, inventory and equipment, software and other intangible assets and deferred revenue and deferred expenses in component amounts required or permitted by
GAAP and related authoritative pronouncements (including the effects of such adjustments pushed down to the Company and the Subsidiaries), as a result of any acquisition consummated prior to the Issue Date, any acquisition permitted under this
Indenture, or the amortization or write-off of any amounts thereof. 
 “Consolidated Senior Secured Debt Ratio”
means, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (i) Consolidated Total Indebtedness that is secured by a Lien on the Property of the Company or any Guarantor as of such date minus the aggregate amount (not to exceed $250.0 million) of
unrestricted and unencumbered (other than pursuant to the liens permitted by clauses (1), (3), (7), (11), (12), (13), (14), (17), (18), (19), (20) or (26) of the definition of “Permitted Liens”) cash and Cash Equivalents of the
Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis to (ii) Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA of the Company during the four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statement are available ending on or prior to the date of
determination, in each case with such pro forma adjustments as are appropriate and consistent with the pro forma adjustment provisions set forth in the definition of Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio.  

  
 10 

 “Consolidated Total Indebtedness” means, as at any date of determination,
the sum, without duplication, of (1) the aggregate amount of all outstanding Indebtedness of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis consisting of Indebtedness for borrowed money, Obligations in respect of Capital
Lease Obligations and debt obligations evidenced by promissory notes and similar instruments (other than Indebtedness described in clause (4) of the definition of “Indebtedness” in respect of drawings thereunder to the extent such
drawings are reimbursed within 10 business days after the date of such drawing), (2) the principal amount of any obligations of any Person (other than the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary) of the type described in the foregoing clause
(1) that are Guaranteed by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (whether or not reflected on a consolidated balance sheet of the Company) and (3) the aggregate amount of all outstanding Disqualified Stock of the Company and all
Preferred Stock of the Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, with the amount of such Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock equal to the greater of their respective voluntary or involuntary liquidation preferences and maximum fixed
repurchase prices, in each case determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP. For purposes hereof, the “maximum fixed repurchase price” of any Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock that does not have a fixed repurchase price
shall be calculated in accordance with the terms of such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock as if such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock were purchased on any date on which Consolidated Total Indebtedness shall be required to be determined
pursuant to this Indenture, and if such price is based upon, or measured by, the fair market value of such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, such fair market value shall be determined reasonably and in good faith by the Company.

 “continuing” means, with respect to any Default or Event of Default, that such Default or Event of
Default has not been cured or waived. 
 “Convertible Senior Subordinated Notes” means the Company’s
$379.5 million in aggregate principal amount of 1.75% Convertible Senior Subordinated Notes due April 15, 2015. 

“Convertible Senior Subordinated Notes Indenture” means the indenture governing the Convertible Senior Subordinated
Notes. 
 “Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee” will be at the address of the Trustee specified in
Section 12.02 hereof or such other address as to which the Trustee may give notice to the Company. 

“Credit Agreement” means (i) prior to the date the merger contemplated by the AMS Merger Agreement is consummated,
the Credit Agreement, dated as of October 16, 2009, by and among the Company and the lenders named therein, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent, Barclays Capital as syndication agent, and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. and Barclays
Capital as Joint Bookrunners and Joint Lead Arrangers, including any related notes, Guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, as such agreement, in whole or in part, in one or more instances, may
be amended, renewed, extended, substituted, refinanced, restructured, replaced (whether or not upon termination, and whether with the original lenders or otherwise), supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time (including, in each case, by
means of one or more credit agreements, note purchase agreements or sales of debt securities to institutional investors whether with the original agents and lenders or otherwise and including, without limitation, any successive renewals, extensions,
substitutions, refinancings, restructurings, replacements, supplementations or other modifications of the foregoing) and including, without limitation, to increase the amount of available borrowing thereunder or to add Restricted Subsidiaries as
additional borrowers or guarantors or otherwise, and (ii) on and after the date the merger contemplated by the AMS Merger Agreement is consummated, the New Credit Agreement and (iii) whether or not the credit agreement referred to in
either clause (i) or clause (ii) remains outstanding, if designated by the Company to be included in the definition of “Credit Agreement,” one or more (A) debt facilities or commercial paper facilities, providing for
revolving credit 

  
 11 

 
loans, term loans, receivables or inventory financing (including through the sale of receivables or inventory to lenders or to special purpose entities formed to borrow from lenders against such
receivables or inventory) or letters of credit, (B) debt securities, indentures or other forms of debt financing (including convertible or exchangeable debt instruments or bank guarantees or bankers’ acceptances), or (C) instruments
or agreements evidencing any other Indebtedness, in each case, with the same or different borrowers, guarantors or issuers or lenders or group of lenders, and, in each case, as amended, supplemented, modified, extended, restructured, renewed,
refinanced, restated, replaced or refunded in whole or in part from time to time. 
 “Currency
Agreement” means one or more of the following agreements which shall be entered into by one or more financial institutions: foreign exchange contracts, currency swap agreements or other similar agreements or arrangements designed to protect
against the fluctuations in currency values. 
 “Custodian” means the Trustee, as custodian with respect
to the Notes in global form, or any successor entity thereto. 
 “Default” means any event that is, or with the
passage of time or the giving of notice or both would be, an Event of Default. 
 “Definitive Note” means a
certificated Note registered in the name of the Holder thereof and issued in accordance with Section 2.06 hereof, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto except that such Note shall not bear the Global Note Legend and shall not have the
“Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto. 
 “Depositary” means, with
respect to the Notes issuable or issued in whole or in part in global form, the Person specified in Section 2.03 hereof as the Depositary with respect to the Notes, and any and all successors thereto appointed as depositary hereunder and having
become such pursuant to the applicable provision of this Indenture. 
 “Designated Noncash
Consideration” means noncash consideration received by the Company or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with an Asset Sale that is designated by the Company as Designated Noncash Consideration, less the amount of cash or cash
equivalents received in connection with a subsequent sale of such Designated Noncash Consideration, which cash and cash equivalents shall be considered Net Proceeds received as of such date and shall be applied pursuant to Section 3.09.

 “Disqualified Stock” means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock that by its terms (or by the
terms of any security into which it is convertible, or for which it is exchangeable, in each case, at the option of the holder) or upon the happening of any event: 

(1) matures or is mandatorily redeemable (other than redeemable only for Capital Stock of such Person which is not itself
Disqualified Stock) pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise; 
 (2) is convertible or exchangeable at
the option of the holder for Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock; or 
 (3) is mandatorily redeemable or must be
purchased (in each case, other than redeemable or purchasable only for Capital Stock of such Person which is not itself Disqualified Stock) upon the occurrence of certain events or otherwise, in whole or in part; 

  
 12 

 in each case on or prior to the date that is 91 days after the Stated Maturity of the Notes;
provided, however, that any Capital Stock that would not constitute Disqualified Stock but for provisions thereof giving holders thereof the right to require such Person to purchase or redeem such Capital Stock upon the occurrence of
an “asset sale” or “change of control” occurring prior to the date that is 91 days after the Stated Maturity of the Notes shall not constitute Disqualified Stock if the “asset sale” or “change of control”
provisions applicable to such Capital Stock are not more favorable to the holders of such Capital Stock than the terms applicable to such series of Notes and described below in Sections 4.10 and 4.14. 

The amount of any Disqualified Stock that does not have a fixed redemption, repayment or repurchase price will be calculated in accordance with the terms
of such Disqualified Stock as if such Disqualified Stock were redeemed, repaid or repurchased on any date on which the amount of such Disqualified Stock is to be determined pursuant to this Indenture; provided, however, that if such
Disqualified Stock could not be required to be redeemed, repaid or repurchased at the time of such determination, the redemption, repayment or repurchase price will be the book value of such Disqualified Stock as reflected in the most recent
financial statements of such Person. 
 “Equity Interests” means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or
other rights to acquire Capital Stock (but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock). 
 “Equity Offering” means a public or private sale either (1) of Equity Interests of the Company by the Company (other than Disqualified Stock and other than to a Subsidiary of the
Company) or (2) of Equity Interests of a direct or indirect parent entity of the Company (other than to the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company) to the extent that the net proceeds therefrom are contributed to the common equity capital of
the Company. 
 “Euroclear” means Euroclear Bank, S.A./N.V., as operator of the Euroclear system. 

“Escrow Agent” means Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, or its successors from time to time. 

“Escrow Agreement” means the Escrow and Security Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, among the Company, the Trustee,
the Escrow Agent and the Initial Purchasers, as amended from time to time. 
 “Exchange Act” means the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. 
 “Exchange Notes” means the Notes issued in the Exchange Offer
pursuant to Section 2.06(f) hereof. 
 “Exchange Offer” has the meaning set forth in the Registration
Rights Agreement.  
 “Exchange Offer Registration Statement” has the meaning set forth in the
Registration Rights Agreement. 
 “Existing Indebtedness” means all Indebtedness of the Company and its
Subsidiaries (other than Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement) in existence on the Issue Date, until such amounts are repaid. 
 “Fair Market Value” means, with respect to any asset or property, the sale value that would be obtained in an arm’s-length free market transaction between an informed and willing
seller under no compulsion to sell and an informed and willing buyer under no compulsion to buy. Fair Market Value shall be determined in good faith by the Company. 

  
 13 

 “Fall Away Event” means with respect to the Notes such time as the Notes
shall have an Investment Grade Rating (pursuant to ratings from each of S&P and Moody’s (or any substituted Rating Agency)) and the Company shall have delivered to the trustee an officers’ certificate certifying that the foregoing
condition has been satisfied. 
 “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” means the ratio of Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA
of the Company during the four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available (the “Four Quarter Period”) ending on or prior to the date of the transaction giving rise to the need to calculate the Fixed Charge
Coverage Ratio (the “Transaction Date”) to Fixed Charges of the Company for the Four Quarter Period. In addition to and without limitation of the foregoing, for purposes of this definition, “Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA” and
“Fixed Charges” shall be calculated after giving effect on a pro forma basis for the period of such calculation to: 
 (1) the Incurrence or repayment of any Indebtedness and the issuance, maturity, redemption, conversion, exchange or repurchase of any Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as applicable, of the Company
or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (and the application of the proceeds thereof) occurring during the Four Quarter Period or at any time subsequent to the last day of the Four Quarter Period and on or prior to the Transaction Date, as if such
Incurrence or repayment, as the case may be (and the application of the proceeds thereof), occurred on the first day of the Four Quarter Period; and 
 (2) any Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, consolidations and disposed operations (as determined in accordance with GAAP) that have been made by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary
during the Four Quarter Period or subsequent to such Four Quarter Period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the Transaction Date shall be calculated on a pro forma basis assuming that all such Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers,
consolidations and disposed operations (and the change in any associated fixed charge obligations and the change in Adjusted EBITDA resulting therefrom) had occurred on the first day of the Four Quarter Period. If since the beginning of such Four
Quarter Period any Person (that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary since the beginning of such period) shall have made any Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger,
consolidation or disposed operation that would have required adjustment pursuant to this definition, then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto for such period as if such Investment, acquisition,
disposition, merger, consolidation or disposed operation had occurred at the beginning of the applicable Four Quarter Period. 
 Furthermore, in
calculating Fixed Charges for purposes of determining the denominator (but not the numerator) of this “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio”: 
 (1) interest on outstanding Indebtedness determined on a fluctuating basis as of the Transaction Date and that will continue to be so determined thereafter shall be deemed to have accrued at a fixed rate
per annum equal to the rate of interest on such Indebtedness in effect on the Transaction Date; 
 (2)
notwithstanding clause (1) above, interest on Indebtedness determined on a fluctuating basis, to the extent such interest is covered by Interest Rate Agreements, shall be deemed to accrue at the rate per annum resulting after giving effect to
the operation of such agreements; and 

  
 14 

 (3) the amount of Fixed Charges attributable to any Preferred Stock (other
than Disqualified Stock) issued by the Company that is mandatorily convertible or redeemable solely into common equity of the Company within 365 days of the Transaction Date will be recalculated by multiplying (x) the actual amount of Fixed
Charges attributable thereto for the Four Quarter Period by (y) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days from (and including) the Transaction Date to (but excluding) the applicable conversion or redemption date and the
denominator of which is 365. 
 For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to a transaction, the pro forma
calculations shall be made in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Company, giving effect to (a) Pro Forma Cost Savings and (b) any cost savings that could then be reflected in pro forma financial statements
in accordance with Regulation S-X promulgated under the Securities Act or any other regulation or policy of the Commission related thereto. 
 “Fixed Charges” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum, without duplication, of: 

(1) Consolidated Interest Expense for such period; plus 

(2) the product of: 
 (a) the amount of all dividend payments on any series of Preferred Stock (including any Designated Preferred Stock) or Disqualified Stock of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than dividends
paid or accrued in Qualified Capital Stock or dividends paid or accrued to the Company or a Wholly Owned Subsidiary) paid, accrued or scheduled to be paid or accrued during such period (without duplication), and 

(b) a fraction, the numerator of which is one and the denominator of which is one minus the then current effective
consolidated federal, state and local income tax rate of such Person, expressed as a decimal. 
 “Foreign Jurisdiction
Deposit” means a deposit or Guarantee incurred in the ordinary course of business and required by any Governmental Authority in a foreign jurisdiction as a condition of doing business in such jurisdiction. 

“Foreign Subsidiary” means a Restricted Subsidiary that is not organized or existing under the laws of the United States
of America or any state or territory thereof or the District of Columbia or is a Restricted Subsidiary of a Foreign Subsidiary. 

“GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America as in effect from time to time
(except with respect to accounting for capital leases, as to which such principle in effect on November 23, 2010 shall apply), including, without limitation, those set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board
of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other entity as approved by a significant segment of the accounting
profession. 
 “Global Note Legend” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(g)(2) hereof, which is
required to be placed on all Global Notes issued under this Indenture. 
 “Global Notes” means, individually
and collectively, each of the Restricted Global Notes and the Unrestricted Global Notes deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depository or 

  
 15 

 
its nominee, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto and that bears the Global Note Legend and that has the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached
thereto, issued in accordance with Section 2.01, 2.06(b)(3), 2.06(b)(4), 2.06(d)(2) or 2.06(f) hereof. 

“Governmental Authority” means the government of the United States, any other nation or any political subdivision
thereof, whether state or local, and any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining
to government. 
 “Guarantee” means any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of any Person directly or
indirectly guaranteeing any Indebtedness of any other Person and any obligation, direct or indirect, contingent or otherwise, of such Person: 
 (1) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness of such other Person (whether arising by virtue of partnership arrangements, or by agreements to
keep-well, to purchase assets, goods, securities or services, to take-or-pay or to maintain financial statement conditions or otherwise); or 
 (2) entered into for the purpose of assuring in any other manner the obligee against loss in respect thereof (in whole or in part); 
 provided, however, that the term “Guarantee” shall not include: 
 (A) endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business; or 
 (B) a contractual commitment by one Person to invest in another Person for so long as such Investment is reasonably expected to constitute a Permitted Investment under clause (3) of the definition of
“Permitted Investment.” 
 The term “Guarantee” used as a verb has a corresponding meaning. 

“Guarantors” means each Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that guarantees the Company’s obligations under this
Indenture. 
 “HealthTronics Joint Venture” means any joint venture (which may be in the form of a
limited liability company, partnership, corporation or other entity) through which HealthTronics, Inc. or its subsidiaries offer medical services.  
 “Hedging Obligations” means, with respect to any specified Person, the obligations of such Person pursuant to any Interest Rate Agreement, Currency Agreement, Commodity Price Protection
Agreement or any other similar agreement or arrangement. For the avoidance of doubt, any Permitted Convertible Indebtedness Call Transaction will not constitute a Hedging Obligation. 

“Holder” means a Person in whose name a Note is registered. 

“IAI Global Note” means a Global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto bearing the Global Note Legend and
the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee that will be issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes sold to Institutional Accredited
Investors. 

  
 16 

 “Incur” means issue, assume, Guarantee, incur or otherwise become liable
for; provided, however, that any Indebtedness of a Person existing at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary (whether by merger, consolidation, acquisition or otherwise) shall be deemed to be Incurred by such Person at
the time it becomes a Restricted Subsidiary. The term “Incurrence” when used as a noun shall have a correlative meaning. 
 Solely for purposes of determining compliance with Section 4.09, the following shall not be deemed to be the Incurrence of Indebtedness: 

(1) amortization of debt discount or the accretion of principal with respect to a non-interest bearing or other discount
security; 
 (2) the payment of regularly scheduled interest in the form of additional Indebtedness of the same
instrument or the payment of regularly scheduled dividends on Capital Stock in the form of additional Capital Stock of the same class and with the same terms; 
 (3) changes in the conversion value of Permitted Convertible Indebtedness attributable to movement in the mark-to-market valuation thereof; and 

(4) the obligation to pay a premium in respect of Indebtedness arising in connection with the issuance of a notice of
redemption or making of a mandatory offer to purchase such Indebtedness. 
 “Indebtedness” means, with respect
to any Person on any date of determination (without duplication): 
 (1) the principal in respect of
(A) indebtedness of such Person for money borrowed and (B) indebtedness evidenced by notes, debentures, bonds or other similar instruments for the payment of which such Person is responsible or liable, including, in each case, any premium
on such indebtedness to the extent such premium has become due and payable; 
 (2) all Capital Lease Obligations
of such Person and all Attributable Debt in respect of Sale Leaseback Transactions entered into by such Person; 

(3) all obligations of such Person issued or assumed as the deferred purchase price of Property, all conditional sale
obligations of such Person and all obligations of such Person under any title retention agreement (but excluding any accounts payable or other liability to trade creditors arising in the ordinary course of business); 

(4) all obligations of such Person for the reimbursement of any obligor on any letter of credit, bankers’ acceptance
or similar credit transaction (other than obligations with respect to letters of credit securing obligations (other than obligations described in clauses (1) through (3) above) entered into in the ordinary course of business of such Person
to the extent such letters of credit are not drawn upon or, if and to the extent drawn upon, such drawing is reimbursed no later the 30th day following payment on the letter of credit); 

(5) the amount of all obligations of such Person with respect to the redemption, repayment or other repurchase of any
Disqualified Stock of such Person or, with respect to any Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary of such Person, the principal amount of such Preferred Stock to be determined in accordance with this Indenture (but excluding, in each case, any
accrued dividends); 

  
 17 

 (6) to the extent not otherwise included in this definition, Hedging
Obligations of such Person; 
 (7) all obligations of the type referred to in clauses (1) through
(6) of other Persons and all dividends of other Persons for the payment of which, in either case, such Person is responsible or liable, directly or indirectly, as obligor, guarantor or otherwise, including by means of any Guarantee; and

 (8) all obligations of the type referred to in clauses (1) through (7) of other Persons secured by
any Lien on any property or asset of such Person (whether or not such obligation is assumed by such Person), the amount of such obligation being deemed to be the lesser of the Fair Market Value of such property or assets and the amount of the
obligation so secured. 
 Notwithstanding the foregoing, in connection with the purchase by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of any
business, the term “Indebtedness” will exclude indemnification, purchase price adjustment, earn-outs, holdback and contingency payment obligations to which the seller may become entitled; provided, however, that to the extent
such payment becomes fixed and determined, the amount is paid within 180 days thereafter. 
 The amount of Indebtedness of any Person at any
date shall be the outstanding balance at such date of all obligations as described above; provided, however, that in the case of Indebtedness sold at a discount, the amount of such Indebtedness at any time will be the accreted value
thereof at such time. 
 “Indenture” means this Indenture, as amended or supplemented from time to time.

 “Indirect Participant” means a Person who holds a beneficial interest in a Global Note through a
Participant. 
 “Initial Notes” means the first $400.0 million aggregate principal amount of Notes issued under
this Indenture on the date hereof. 
 “Initial Purchasers” means Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith
Incorporated, Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., Barclays Capital Inc., Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Lazard Capital Markets LLC and RBC Capital Markets, LLC. 

“Institutional Accredited Investor” means an institution that is an “accredited investor” as defined in Rule
501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act, who are not also QIBs. 
 “Interest Rate
Agreement” means one or more of the following agreements which shall be entered into by one or more financial institutions: interest rate protection agreements (including, without limitation, interest rate swaps, caps, floors, collars and
similar agreements) and/or other types of interest rate hedging agreements from time to time.  

“Investments” means, with respect to any Person, all direct or indirect investments by such Person in other Persons
(including Affiliates) in the forms of loans (including Guarantees or other obligations), advances or capital contributions (excluding commission, travel and similar advances to officers and employees made in the ordinary course of business),
purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities, together with all items that are or would be classified as investments on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP. If the Company or
any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company sells or otherwise disposes of any Equity Interests of any direct or indirect Restricted Subsidiary of the Company such that, after giving effect to any such

  
 18 

 
sale or disposition, such Person is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, the Company will be deemed to have made an Investment on the date of any such sale or disposition equal to
the Fair Market Value of the Company’s Investments in such Subsidiary that were not sold or disposed of in an amount determined as provided in Section 4.07(c). The acquisition by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company of a
Person that holds an Investment in a third Person will be deemed to be an Investment by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary in such third Person in an amount equal to the Fair Market Value of the Investments held by the acquired Person in such
third Person in an amount determined as provided in Section 4.07(c). Except as otherwise provided in this Indenture, the amount of an Investment will be determined at the time the Investment is made and without giving effect to subsequent
changes in value. 
 “Investment Grade Rating” means (i) with respect to Moody’s, a rating equal to
or higher than Baa3 (or the equivalent), and (ii) with respect to S&P, a rating equal to or higher than BBB- (or the equivalent) (or, in each case, if such Rating Agency ceases to rate the Notes for reasons outside of the Company’s
control, the equivalent investment grade credit rating from any Rating Agency selected by the Company as a replacement Rating Agency).  
 “Issue Date” means the date on which the Notes are initially issued. 
 “Ledgemont” means Ledgemont Royalty Sub LLC, a Delaware limited liability company. 
 “Legal Holiday” means a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banking institutions in the City of New York or at a Place of Payment are authorized by law, regulation or executive order to
remain closed. If a payment date is a Legal Holiday at a Place of Payment, payment may be made at that place on the next succeeding day that is not a Legal Holiday, and no interest shall accrue on such payment for the intervening period. 

“Letter of Transmittal” means the letter of transmittal to be prepared by the Company and sent to all Holders of the
Notes for use by such Holders in connection with the Exchange Offer. 
 “Lien” means any mortgage, pledge,
security interest, encumbrance, lien or charge of any kind (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement or lease in the nature thereof). 
 “Merger Certificate” has the meaning set forth in the Escrow Agreement. 
 “Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. 
 “Net Cash Proceeds” means with respect to a transaction, the proceeds of such transaction in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents including payments in respect of deferred payment
obligations when received in the form of, or stock or other assets when disposed of for, cash or Cash Equivalents (except to the extent that such obligations are financed or sold with recourse to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary), net of
attorney’s fees, accountant’s fees and brokerage, consultation, underwriting, taxes and other fees and expenses actually incurred or reserved in good faith for post-closing adjustments in connection with such transaction and net of taxes
paid or payable as a result thereof. 
 “Net Proceeds” from an Asset Sale means cash payments received
therefrom (including any cash payments received by way of deferred payment of principal pursuant to a note or installment receivable or otherwise and proceeds from the sale or other disposition of any securities received as consideration, but only
as and when received, but excluding any other consideration received in the form of assumption by the acquiring Person of Indebtedness or other obligations relating to such properties or assets or received in any other non-cash form), in each case
net of: 

  
 19 

 (1) all legal, title and recording tax expenses, commissions and other fees
and expenses incurred, and all Federal, state, provincial, foreign and local taxes required to be accrued as a liability under GAAP, as a consequence of such Asset Sale; 

(2) all payments made on any Indebtedness which is secured by any assets subject to such Asset Sale, in accordance with
the terms of any Lien upon or other security agreement of any kind with respect to such assets, or which must by its terms, or in order to obtain a necessary consent to such Asset Sale, or by applicable law, be repaid out of the proceeds from such
Asset Sale; 
 (3) all distributions and other payments required to be made to minority interest holders in
Restricted Subsidiaries or joint ventures as a result of such Asset Sale; 
 (4) the deduction of appropriate
amounts provided by the seller as a reserve, in accordance with GAAP, against any liabilities associated with the property or other assets disposed in such Asset Sale and retained by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary after such Asset Sale;
and 
 (5) any portion of the purchase price from an Asset Sale placed in escrow, whether as a reserve for
adjustment of the purchase price, for satisfaction of indemnities in respect of such Asset Sale or otherwise in connection with that Asset Sale; provided, however, that upon the termination of that escrow, Net Proceeds will be increased by any
portion of funds in the escrow that are released to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary. 
 “New Credit
Agreement” means the credit agreement, to be dated on or about the date of the consummation of the merger contemplated by the AMS Merger Agreement, by and among the Company and the lenders named therein, Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc.,
as administrative agent, Bank of America, N.A. as syndication agent, and Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc. and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated as Joint Bookrunners and Joint Lead Arrangers, including any related notes,
guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, as such agreement, in whole or in part, in one or more instances, may be amended, renewed, extended, substituted, refinanced, restructured, replaced
(whether or not upon termination, and whether with the original lenders or otherwise), supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time (including, in each case, by means of one or more credit agreements, note purchase agreements or sales of
debt securities to institutional investors whether with the original agents and lenders or otherwise and including, without limitation, any successive renewals, extensions, substitutions, refinancings, restructurings, replacements, supplementations
or other modifications of the foregoing) and including, without limitation, to increase the amount of available borrowing thereunder or to add Restricted Subsidiaries as additional borrowers or guarantors or otherwise. 

“Non-Guarantor Subsidiary” means a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor. 

“Non-Recourse Debt” means Indebtedness: 

(1) as to which neither the Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (a) provides credit support of any kind
(including any undertaking, agreement or instrument that would constitute Indebtedness) or (b) is directly or indirectly liable as a guarantor or otherwise; and 

  
 20 

 (2) as to which the lenders have been notified in writing that they will not
have any recourse to the stock or assets of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than the Equity Interests of an Unrestricted Subsidiary). 
 “Non-U.S. Person” means a Person who is not a U.S. Person. 

“Note Guarantee” means the Guarantee by each Guarantor of the Company’s obligations under this Indenture and the
Notes. 
 “Notes” has the meaning assigned to it in the preamble to this Indenture. The Initial Notes and the
Additional Notes shall be treated as a single class for all purposes under this Indenture, and unless the context otherwise requires, all references to the Notes shall include the Initial Notes and any Additional Notes. 

“Obligations” means any principal, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other
liabilities payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness. 
 “Offering Memorandum” means the
final offering memorandum of the Company, dated as of June 3, 2011, relating to the Notes and the Company’s 7% Senior Notes due 2019. 
 “Officer” means, with respect to any Person, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Operating Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the
Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the Controller, any assistant Controller, the Secretary, any Assistant Secretary or any Vice-President of such Person. 
 “Officers’ Certificate” means a certificate signed by the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Operating Officer, the Chief Financial Officer
or a Vice President, and by the Treasurer, an Assistant Treasurer, the Controller, an Assistant Controller, the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company, and delivered to the Trustee. 

“Opinion of Counsel” means an opinion meeting the requirements of this Indenture from legal counsel who is reasonably
acceptable to the Trustee and delivered to the Trustee. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Company, any Subsidiary of the Company or the Trustee. 
 “Participant” means, with respect to the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, a Person who has an account with the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, respectively (and, with respect
to DTC, shall include Euroclear and Clearstream). 
 “Permitted Bond Hedge Transaction” means (a) any call
option or capped call option (or substantively equivalent derivative transaction) on the Company’s common stock purchased by the Company in connection with an Incurrence of Permitted Convertible Indebtedness, (b) the existing call options
or capped call options (or substantively equivalent derivative transactions) purchased by the Company in connection with the issuance of the Convertible Senior Subordinated Notes and (c) any call option or capped call option (or substantively
equivalent derivative transaction) replacing or refinancing the foregoing; provided that (x) the sum of (i) the purchase price for any Permitted Bond Hedge Transaction occurring after the Issue Date, plus (ii) the purchase
price for any Permitted Bond Hedge Transaction it is refinancing or replacing, if any, minus (iii) the cash proceeds received upon the termination or the retirement of the Permitted Bond Hedge Transaction it is replacing or refinancing, if any,
less (y) the sum of (i) the cash proceeds from the sale of the related Permitted Warrant Transaction plus (ii) the cash proceeds from the sale of any Permitted Warrant Transaction refinancing or replacing such related Permitted
Warrant Transaction, if any, minus (iii) the amount paid upon termination or 

  
 21 

 
retirement of such related Permitted Warrant Transaction, if any, does not exceed the net cash proceeds from the Incurrence of the related Permitted Convertible Indebtedness. 

“Permitted Business” means the business and any services, activities or businesses incidental, or reasonably related or
complementary or similar to, any line of business engaged in by the Company and its Subsidiaries as of the Issue Date or any business activity that is a reasonable extension, development or expansion thereof or ancillary thereto. 

“Permitted Convertible Indebtedness” means (a) Indebtedness of the Company (which may be Guaranteed by the
Guarantors) permitted to be Incurred pursuant to Section 4.09 that is (1) convertible into common stock of the Company (and cash in lieu of fractional shares) and/or cash (in an amount determined by reference to the price of such common
stock) or (2) sold as units with call options, warrants, rights or obligations to purchase (or substantially equivalent derivative transactions) that are exercisable for common stock of the Company and/or cash (in an amount determined by
reference to the price of such common stock) and (b) the Convertible Senior Subordinated Notes. 
 “Permitted
Convertible Indebtedness Call Transaction” means any Permitted Bond Hedge Transaction and any Permitted Warrant Transaction. 
 “Permitted Investments” means: 
 (1) any
Investment in the Company or in a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; 
 (2) any Investment in Cash
Equivalents; 
 (3) any Investment by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company in a Person, if as
a result of such Investment: 
 (a) such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; or 

(b) such Person is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or transfers or conveys substantially all of its
assets to, or is liquidated into, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; 
 (4) any Investment
made as a result of the receipt of non-cash consideration from (i) an Asset Sale that was made pursuant to and in compliance with Section 4.10 or (ii) a disposition of assets not constituting an Asset Sale; 

(5) any Investments to the extent made in exchange for the issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of
the Company; 
 (6) any Investments received in compromise or resolution of (A) obligations of trade
creditors or customers that were incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, including pursuant to any plan of reorganization or similar arrangement upon the bankruptcy or insolvency of any trade
creditor or customer; or (B) litigation, arbitration or other disputes; 
 (7) Investments represented by
Hedging Obligations and Permitted Bond Hedge Transactions; 

  
 22 

 (8) loans or advances, and guarantees of such loans and advances, to
officers, directors consultants, employees, customers and suppliers in the ordinary course of business in the aggregate amount outstanding at any one time not to exceed $20.0 million; 

(9) Investments in the Notes; 
 (10) any guarantee of Indebtedness permitted to be incurred by Section 4.09 and performance guarantees consistent with past practice; 

(11) any Investment existing on, or made pursuant to binding commitments existing on, the Issue Date and any Investment
consisting of an extension, modification or renewal of any Investment existing on, or made pursuant to a binding commitment existing on, the Issue Date; provided that the amount of any such Investment may be increased (a) as required by the
terms of such Investment as in existence on the Issue Date or (b) as otherwise permitted under this Indenture; 
 (12) Investments acquired after the Issue Date as a result of the acquisition by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company of another Person, including by way of a merger, amalgamation or
consolidation with or into the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in a transaction that is not prohibited by Sections 5.01 or 10.04, consolidation or sale of assets” after the Issue Date to the extent that such Investments were not
made in contemplation of such acquisition, merger, amalgamation or consolidation and were in existence on the date of such acquisition, merger, amalgamation or consolidation; 

(13) Investments in the ordinary course of business in prepaid expenses, negotiable instruments held for collection and
lease, utility and worker’s compensation, performance and other similar deposits provided to third parties; 

(14) receivables owing to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary if created or acquired in the ordinary course of
business and payable or dischargeable in accordance with customary trade terms; provided, however, that such trade terms may include such concessionary trade terms as the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary deems reasonable under the
circumstances; 
 (15) advances, loans or extensions of trade or other credit (including to officers, directors,
consultants and employees) in the ordinary course of business by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; 
 (16) lease, utility and other similar deposits in the ordinary course of business; 
 (17) Investments in the ordinary course of business consisting of endorsements for collection or deposit; 
 (18) Investments in a Permitted Business in an aggregate amount, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (18) that are at that time outstanding, not to exceed the
greater of $400.0 million or 5.0% of Total Assets (with the Fair Market Value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value); and 

(19) Investments in (a) any joint ventures in an amount outstanding at any one time not to exceed $250.0 million or
3.5% of Total Assets (with the Fair Market Value of each 

  
 23 

 
Investment (other than any Investment consisting of a guarantee) being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value) and (b) any Permitted Joint
Venture; provided, however, that if any Investment pursuant to this clause (19) is made in any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary at the date of the making of such Investment and such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary after such
date, such Investment shall thereafter be deemed to have been made pursuant to clause (1) above and shall cease to have been made pursuant to this clause (19) for so long as such Person continues to be a Restricted Subsidiary; 

(20) Investments among the Company and its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business for purposes of funding the
working capital and maintenance capital expenditure requirements and research and development activities of the Company and its Subsidiaries; 
 (21) stock, obligations or securities received in settlement of debts created in the ordinary course of business and owing to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or in satisfaction of judgments;

 (22) Investments consisting of co-development agreements or consisting of the licensing or contribution of
intellectual property, new drug applications or similar assets pursuant to development, marketing or manufacturing agreements, alliances or arrangements or similar agreements or arrangements with other Persons; 

(23) Investments consisting of purchases and acquisitions of inventory, supplies, materials and equipment or purchases of
contract rights or licenses or leases of intellectual property, in each case in the ordinary course of business; 

(24) any customary upfront, milestone, marketing or other funding payment in the ordinary course of business to another
Person in connection with obtaining a right to receive royalty or other payments in the future; 
 (25)
Investments in Light Sciences Oncology LLC in an amount not to exceed $12.0 million in any fiscal year; and 

(26) other Investments in any Person having an aggregate Fair Market Value (measured on the date each such Investment was
made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value), when taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (26) that are at the time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of $350.0 million or 5.0% of Total
Assets. 
 “Permitted Joint Venture” means any joint venture (which may be in the
form of a limited liability company, partnership, corporation or other entity) in which the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is a joint venturer; provided, however, that, immediately after giving effect to any Investment
in such Permitted Joint Venture pursuant to clause (19)(b) of the definition of “Permitted Investments”: (a) the joint venture is engaged solely in a Permitted Business, (b) the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary is required
by the governing documents of the joint venture or an agreement with the other parties to the joint venture to participate in the management of such joint venture as a member of such joint venture’s Board of Directors or otherwise, (c) the
Company and any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company hold or own, collectively, not more than 66 2/3 percent of the outstanding Capital Stock of such Permitted Joint Venture, and (d) if such Permitted Joint Venture is not a HealthTronics Joint Venture, at the time of the initial Investment and at
the time of each subsequent Investment in such Permitted Joint Venture, the Company would be able to Incur additional Secured Indebtedness pursuant to Section 4.09(a).  

  
 24 

 “Permitted Liens” means: 

(1) Liens to secure (i) Indebtedness (and other related Obligations) that was incurred pursuant to clause (1) or
clause (15) of the definition of Permitted Debt and Hedging Obligations related thereto, or (ii) Obligations with regard to Treasury Management Arrangements; 

(2) (i) Liens on assets of Foreign Subsidiaries or Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries securing Indebtedness (and other related
Obligations) of such Foreign Subsidiary or Non-Guarantor Subsidiary that was Incurred pursuant to Section 4.09, (ii) Liens securing Indebtedness (and other related Obligations) that was Incurred pursuant to clause (11), clause
(13) (provided that such Liens do not extend to any property or assets that are not property being purchased, leased, constructed or improved with the proceeds of such Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to such clause (13)), or clause (25) of
the definition of Permitted Debt, and (iii) Liens to secure Indebtedness (and other related Obligations) that was Incurred pursuant to Section 4.09, provided that, in the case of this clause (iii), at the time of its Incurrence and after
giving pro forma effect thereto, the Consolidated Senior Secured Debt Ratio would be no greater than 3.5 to 1.0; 

(3) (a) Liens in favor of the Company or the Guarantors; (b) Liens on the property of any Restricted Subsidiary of
the Company that is not a Guarantor in favor of any other Restricted Subsidiary of the Company and (c) Liens on the property of any Subsidiary of the Company that is not a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company in favor of the Company or any of
its Restricted Subsidiaries; 
 (4) Liens on property or shares of Capital Stock of another Person existing at
the time such other Person becomes a Subsidiary of the Company or is merged with or into or consolidated with the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company; provided that such Liens do not extend to any other property owned by the Company or any of
its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than assets and property affixed or appurtenant thereto); 
 (5) Liens on
property (including Capital Stock) existing at the time of acquisition of the property by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company; provided that such Liens were in existence prior to such acquisition and not incurred in contemplation of, such
acquisition; 
 (6) Liens on the Capital Stock of Unrestricted Subsidiaries; 

(7) Liens to secure the performance of, or arising in connection with, public or statutory obligations (including
worker’s compensation laws, unemployment insurance laws or similar legislation), insurance, surety or appeal bonds, performance bonds or other obligations of a like nature, good faith deposits in connection with bids, tenders, contracts (other
than for the payment of Indebtedness) or leases, deposits as security for contested taxes or import duties or for the payment of rent, in each case Incurred in the ordinary course of business (including Liens to secure letters of credit issued to
assure payment or performance of such obligations); 
 (8) Liens on securities that are the subject of repurchase
agreements permitted hereunder; 
 (9) Liens to secure Indebtedness (including Capital Lease Obligations)
permitted by clause (11) of the definition of Permitted Debt covering only the assets acquired with or financed by such Indebtedness; 

  
 25 

 (10) Liens existing on the Issue Date (other than Liens referred to in the
foregoing clause (1)(i)); 
 (11) Liens for taxes, assessments or other governmental charges or claims that are
(i) not yet delinquent, (ii) not yet subject to penalties for non-payment, or (iii) being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings; 
 (12) Liens imposed by law, such as carriers’, warehousemen’s, landlord’s and mechanics’ Liens, in each case, either (i) incurred in the ordinary course of business or
(ii) for sums not yet due or being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings; 
 (13) survey
exceptions, encumbrances, easements or reservations of, or rights of others for, licenses, rights-of-way, sewers, electric lines, telegraph and telephone lines and other similar purposes, or zoning or other restrictions as to the use of real
property or Liens incidental to the conduct of the business of such Person or to the ownership of their properties which were not incurred in connection with Indebtedness and that do not in the aggregate materially adversely affect the value of said
properties or materially impair their use in the operation of the business of such Person; 
 (14) Liens created
for the benefit of (or to secure) the Notes (or the Note Guarantees); 
 (15) Liens to secure any Permitted
Refinancing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under this Indenture or to secure any Refinancing (or successive Refinancings), as a whole or in part, of any Indebtedness secured by a Lien referred to in clauses (2)(iii), (4), (5), (10),
(27) and (35) hereof; provided, however, that: 
 (a) the new Lien is limited to all or part of
the same property and assets that secured or, under the written agreements pursuant to which the original Lien arose, could secure the original Lien (plus improvements and accessions to, such property or proceeds or distributions thereof); and

 (b) the Indebtedness secured by the new Lien is not increased to any amount greater than the sum of
(x) the greater of the outstanding principal amount, committed amount or principal amount at the time the Lien became a Permitted Lien, of the Indebtedness being Refinanced and (y) an amount necessary to pay any fees and expenses,
including premiums, related to such renewal, refunding, refinancing, replacement, defeasance, extension or discharge; 
 (16) Liens on insurance policies, premiums and proceeds thereof, or other deposits, to secure insurance premium financings; 

(17) Liens arising from Uniform Commercial Code financing statement filings regarding operating leases or consignments
entered into by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business; 
 (18) Liens
arising solely from precautionary UCC financing statements or similar filings; 
 (19) Liens securing or arising
out of judgments, decrees, orders, awards or notices of lis pendens and associated rights related to litigation with respect to which such Person shall then 

  
 26 

 
be proceeding with an appeal or other proceedings for review, or in respect of which the period within which such appeal or proceedings may be initiated shall not have expired; 

(20) Liens arising by virtue of any statutory or common law provisions relating to banker’s liens, rights of set-off
or similar rights and remedies as to deposit accounts or other funds maintained with a depository or financial institution or as to purchase orders and other agreements entered into with customers in the ordinary course of business; 

(21) Liens on cash, Cash Equivalents or other property arising in connection with the defeasance, discharge or redemption
of Indebtedness; 
 (22) Liens on cash, Cash Equivalents or other property securing Indebtedness permitted by
clause (16) of the definition of Permitted Debt; 
 (23) Liens on specific items of inventory or other goods
(and the proceeds thereof) of any Person securing such Person’s obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances issued or created for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other
goods; 
 (24) grants of software and other technology licenses in the ordinary course of business; 

(25) Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar arrangements for the sale of goods
entered into in the ordinary course of business; 
 (26) Liens in favor of issuers of performance and surety
bonds or bid bonds or letters of credit issued pursuant to the request of and for the account of such Person in the ordinary course of its business; 
 (27) Liens securing Indebtedness or other obligations of a Subsidiary of such Person owing to such Person or a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of such Person; 

(28) Liens securing Hedging Obligations so long as such Hedging Obligations are permitted to be Incurred under this
Indenture; 
 (29) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment
of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods in the ordinary course of business; 
 (30) liens,
pledges or deposits made in the ordinary course of business to secure liability to insurance carriers; 
 (31)
Liens on equipment of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary granted in the ordinary course of business to the Company’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s supplier at which such equipment is located; 

(32) Liens incurred to secure cash management services or to implement cash pooling or sweep arrangements to permit
satisfaction of overdraft or similar obligations in the ordinary course of business; 

  
 27 

 (33) any encumbrance or restriction (including put and call arrangements)
with respect to Capital Stock of any joint venture or similar arrangement pursuant to any joint venture or similar agreement; 
 (34) Liens (i) solely on any cash earnest money deposits made by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with any letter of intent or purchase agreement in respect of any
Investment permitted under this Indenture or (ii) consisting of an agreement to dispose of any property permitted to be sold pursuant to Section 4.10; 
 (35) leases, subleases, licenses or sublicenses granted to third parties entered into in the ordinary course of business which do not materially interfere with the conduct of the business of the Company
and the Restricted Subsidiaries and which do not secure any Indebtedness; 
 (36) Liens (i) of a collection
bank arising under Section 4-210 of the Uniform Commercial Code on items in the course of collection and (ii) attaching to commodity trading accounts or other commodities brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business,
including Liens encumbering reasonable customary initial deposits and margin deposits; 
 (37) ground leases in
respect of real property on which facilities owned or leased by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries are located and other Liens affecting the interest of any landlord (and any underlying landlord) of any real property leased by the Company or any
Subsidiary; 
 (38) Liens to secure Non-Recourse Debt permitted to be incurred pursuant to clause (23) of
the definition of Permitted Debt, which Liens may not secure Indebtedness other than Non-Recourse Debt; 
 (39)
Liens to secure contractual payments (contingent or otherwise) payable by the Company or its Subsidiaries to a seller after the consummation of an acquisition of a product, business, license or other assets; 

(40) other Liens securing Indebtedness to the extent such Indebtedness, when taken together with all other Indebtedness
secured by Liens Incurred pursuant to this clause (40) and outstanding on the date such other Lien is Incurred, does not exceed the greater of $100.0 million or 1.5% of Total Assets; and 

(41) the Lien of the Trustee on the escrowed funds and any Lien contemplated under the Escrow Agreement. 

For purposes of determining compliance with this definition, (A) Permitted Liens need not be incurred solely by reference to one category of
Permitted Liens described above but are permitted to be incurred in part under any combination thereof and (B) in the event that a Lien (or any portion thereof) meets the criteria of one or more of the categories of Permitted Liens described
above, the Company may, in its sole discretion, classify or reclassify such item of Permitted Liens (or any portion thereof) in any manner that complies with this definition and the Company may divide and classify a Lien in more than one of the
types of Permitted Liens in one of the above clauses. 
 “Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness” means any
Indebtedness that Refinances any Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than intercompany Indebtedness), including Indebtedness that Refinances Refinancing Indebtedness; provided that: 

  
 28 

 (1) the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of such
Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of the Indebtedness being refinanced (plus all accrued interest on the Indebtedness and the amount of all fees and expenses, including
premiums and defeasance costs, incurred in connection therewith); 
 (2) such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness
has a final maturity date no earlier than the earlier of (i) the final maturity date of the Notes or (ii) the final maturity of the Indebtedness being refinanced, and has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity that is equal to or greater than
the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Indebtedness being refinanced; 
 (3) if the Indebtedness being
refinanced is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes, such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes on terms at least as favorable to the Holders of Notes as those contained in the documentation
governing the Indebtedness being refinanced; and 
 (4) such Indebtedness is incurred by the Company, any
Guarantor or by any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that was an obligor (as issuer or guarantor) on the Indebtedness being refinanced and is guaranteed only by the Company, any Guarantor or Persons who were obligors (as issuer or guarantor) on
the Indebtedness being refinanced. 
 “Permitted Warrant Transaction” means (a) any call options, warrants
or rights to purchase (or substantively equivalent derivative transactions) on common stock of the Company purchased or sold by the Company substantially concurrently with a Permitted Bond Hedge Transaction and (b) the existing call options,
warrants or rights to purchase (or substantively equivalent derivative transactions) sold by the Company substantially concurrently with the issuance of the Convertible Senior Subordinated Notes. 

“Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust,
unincorporated organization, limited liability company or government or other entity. 
 “Place of
Payment”, when used with respect to the Notes, means the place or places where the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on the Notes are payable as contemplated by Section 4.02 hereof. 

“Private Placement Legend” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(g)(1) hereof to initially be placed on the
Rule 144A Global Note and other Notes that are Restricted Notes. 
 “Preferred Stock”, as applied to the
Capital Stock of any Person, means Capital Stock of any class of classes (however designated) which is preferred as to the payment of dividends or distributions, or as to the distribution of assets upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation or
dissolution of such Person, over shares of Capital Stock of any other class of such Person.  
 “Product”
means any product developed, acquired, produced, marketed or promoted by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in connection with the conduct of a Permitted Business.  

“Property” means any right or interest in or to property of any kind whatsoever, whether real, personal or mixed and
whether tangible or intangible, including, without limitation, Capital Stock.  
 “Purchase Money
Indebtedness” means Indebtedness Incurred to finance the acquisition, development, construction or lease by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of Property, including additions and improvements thereto, where the maturity of such
Indebtedness does not exceed the 

  
 29 

 
anticipated useful life of the Property being financed; provided, however, that such Indebtedness is Incurred within 270 days after the completion of the acquisition, development, construction or
lease of such Property by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary. 
 “QIB” means a “qualified
institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A. 
 “Qualifying Equity Interests” means Equity Interests of
the Company other than (1) Disqualified Stock; (2) Equity Interests that were used to support an incurrence of Contribution Indebtedness and (3) Equity Interests sold in an Equity Offering prior to the third anniversary of the Issue
Date that are eligible to be used to support an optional redemption of Notes pursuant to Section 3.07 of this Indenture. 

“Rating Agencies” means: 
 (1) S&P; 
 (2) Moody’s; or 

(3) if S&P or Moody’s or both shall not make a rating of the Notes publicly available, a “nationally
recognized statistical rating organization” within the meaning of Section 3(a)62 of the Exchange Act (or any successor provision), selected by the Company, which shall be substituted for S&P or Moody’s or both, as the case may be.

 “Rating Category” means: 

(1) with respect to S&P, any of the following categories (any of which may include a “+” or a
“-”): AAA, AA, A, BBB, BB, B, CCC, CC, C and D (or equivalent successor categories); 
 (2) with
respect to Moody’s, any of the following categories (any of which may include a “1,” “2” or a “3”): Aaa, Aa, A, Baa, Ba, B, Caa, Ca, C and D (or equivalent successor categories); and 

(3) the equivalent of any such category of S&P or Moody’s used by another Rating Agency. 

In determining whether the rating of the Notes has decreased by one or more gradation, gradations within Rating Categories (+ and – for S&P;
1, 2 and 3 for Moody’s; or the equivalent gradations for another Rating Agency) shall be taken into account (e.g., with respect to S&P, a decline in a rating from BB+ to BB, as well as from BB– to B+, will constitute a decrease
of one gradation). 
 “Ratings Decline” shall be deemed to occur with respect to the Notes if, at the time of
or in connection with the occurrence of an event specified in clauses (1) through (3) of the definition of Change of Control, the rating of the Notes by either Rating Agency shall be decreased by one or more gradations (including
gradations within Rating Categories as well as between Rating Categories), and such decrease is directly attributable, in whole or in part, to such event. 
 “Refinance” means, in respect of any Indebtedness, to refinance, extend, renew, refund, repay, prepay, purchase, redeem, defease or retire, or to issue other Indebtedness in exchange or
replacement for, such Indebtedness. “Refinanced” and “Refinancing” shall have correlative meanings. 

  
 30 

 “Registration Rights Agreement” means the Registration Rights Agreement
relating to the Notes, dated as of June 8, 2011, among the Company, the Guarantors and the other parties named on the signature pages thereof, as such agreement may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time and, with respect to any
Additional Notes, one or more registration rights agreements among the Company, the Guarantors and the other parties thereto, as such agreement(s) may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, relating to rights given by the Company to
the purchasers of Additional Notes to register such Additional Notes under the Securities Act. 
 “Regulation
S” means Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act. 
 “Regulation S Global Note” means a
Global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee, issued in a denomination equal
to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes sold in reliance on Rule 903 of Regulation S. 
 “Responsible
Officer,” when used with respect to the Trustee, means any officer within the corporate trust department of the Trustee (or any successor group of the Trustee) or any other officer of the Trustee customarily performing functions similar to
those performed by any of the above designated officers and also means, with respect to a particular corporate trust matter, any other officer to whom such matter is referred because of his knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject.

 “Restricted Definitive Note” means a Definitive Note bearing the Private Placement Legend. 

“Restricted Global Note” means a Global Note bearing the Private Placement Legend. 

“Restricted Investment” means an Investment other than a Permitted Investment. 

“Restricted Note” has the same meaning as “Restricted Security” set forth in Rule 144(a)(3) promulgated under
the Securities Act; provided that the Trustee shall be entitled to request and conclusively rely upon an Opinion of Counsel with respect to whether any Note is a Restricted Note. 

“Restricted Subsidiary” means (any Subsidiary of the Company that is not an Unrestricted Subsidiary. 

“Rule 144” means Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act. 

“Rule 144A” means Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act. 

“Rule 903” means Rule 903 promulgated under the Securities Act. 

“Rule 904” means Rule 904 promulgated under the Securities Act. 

“Sale Leaseback Transaction” means the leasing by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of any asset, whether
owned at the Issue Date or acquired after the Issue Date (except for temporary leases for a term, including any renewal term, of up to three years and except for leases between the Company and any Restricted Subsidiary or between Restricted
Subsidiaries), which property has been or is to be sold or transferred by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary to any party with the intention of taking back a lease of such property. 

“Secured Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness of the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries secured by a Lien.

  
 31 

 “SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission. 

“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. 

“Senior Indebtedness” means with respect to any Person: 

(1) Indebtedness of such Person, whether outstanding on the Issue Date or thereafter Incurred; and 

(2) all other Obligations of such Person (including interest accruing on or after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy
or for reorganization relating to such Person, whether or not postfiling interest is allowed in such proceeding) in respect of Indebtedness described in clause (1) above; 
 unless, in the case of clauses (1) and (2), in the instrument creating or evidencing the same or pursuant to which the same is outstanding, it is provided that such Indebtedness or other obligations
are subordinate in right of payment to the Notes or the Note Guarantee of such Person, as the case may be; provided, however, that Senior Indebtedness shall not include: 

(A) any obligation of such Person to the Company or any Subsidiary; 

(B) any liability for federal, state, local or other taxes owed or owing by such Person; 

(C) any accounts payable or other liability to trade creditors arising in the ordinary course of business; 

(D) any Indebtedness or other Obligation of such Person which is subordinate or junior in any respect to any other
Indebtedness or other Obligation of such Person; or 
 (E) that portion of any Indebtedness which at the time of
Incurrence is Incurred in violation of this Indenture. 
 “S&P” means Standard &
Poor’s Ratings Group. 
 “Shelf Registration Statement” means the Shelf Registration Statement as
defined in the Registration Rights Agreement. 
 “Significant Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary that
would be a “significant subsidiary” as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X, promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act, as such Regulation is in effect on the Issue Date. 

“Special Mandatory Redemption Price” means a price equal to 100% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes, plus
accrued and unpaid interest on the principal amount of the Notes to, but not including, the Special Redemption Date. 

“Stated Maturity” means, with respect to any installment of interest or principal on any series of Indebtedness, the
date on which the payment of interest or principal was scheduled to be paid in the documentation governing such Indebtedness as of the Issue Date, and will not include any contingent obligations to repay, redeem or repurchase any such interest or
principal prior to the date originally scheduled for the payment thereof. 
 “Subsidiary” means, with respect
to any specified Person: 

  
 32 

 (1) any corporation, association or other business entity of which more than
50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency and after giving effect to any voting agreement or stockholders’ agreement that effectively transfers voting power) to vote
in the election of directors, managers or trustees of the corporation, association or other business entity is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person (or a
combination thereof); or 
 (2) any partnership or limited liability company of which (a) more than 50% of
the capital accounts, distribution rights, total equity or economic interests, as applicable, are owned, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof, whether in the form of
membership, general, special or limited partnership interests or otherwise, and (b) such Person or any Subsidiary of such Person is a controlling general partner or otherwise controls such entity. 

For the avoidance of doubt, each HealthTronics Joint Venture will be deemed not to be a Subsidiary of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries unless
designated as a Subsidiary by the Company. 
 “TIA” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (15
U.S.C. §§ 77aaa-77bbbb). 
 “Total Assets” means the total assets of the Company and the
Restricted Subsidiaries, as shown on the most recent balance sheet of the Company for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which any calculation of Total Assets is being made, with such pro forma
adjustments for transactions consummated on or prior to or simultaneously with the date of the calculation as are appropriate and consistent with the pro forma adjustment provisions set forth in the definition of Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio.

 “Treasury Management Arrangement” means any agreement or other arrangement governing the provision of
treasury or cash management services, including deposit accounts, overdraft, credit or debit card, funds transfer, automated clearinghouse, zero balance accounts, returned check concentration, controlled disbursement, lockbox, account reconciliation
and reporting, trade finance services and other cash management services. 
 “Treasury Rate” means, as
of any redemption date, as determined by the Company, the yield to maturity as of such redemption date of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release
H.15 (519) that has become publicly available at least two business days prior to the redemption date (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to the
period from the redemption date to July 15, 2016; provided, however, that if the period from the redemption date to July 15, 2016, is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury
securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year will be used. 
 “Triggering Indebtedness”
means (i) the Credit Agreement, (ii) the Convertible Senior Subordinated Notes or (iii) any other Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary represented by bonds, debentures, notes or other securities, in each case, that
has an aggregate principal amount or committed amount of at least $100.0 million; provided that, in the case of clauses (i) through (iii) above, in no event shall Triggering Indebtedness include Indebtedness Incurred by a Foreign
Subsidiary that does not directly or indirectly Guarantee, become an obligor under, or otherwise provide direct credit support for any Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Foreign Subsidiary. 

  
 33 

 “Trustee” means Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, until a successor
replaces it in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture and thereafter means the successor serving hereunder. 
 “Unrestricted Definitive Note” means a Definitive Note that does not bear and is not required to bear the Private Placement Legend. 

“Unrestricted Global Note” means a Global Note that does not bear and is not required to bear the Private Placement
Legend. 
 “Unrestricted Subsidiary” means (1) any Subsidiary that at the time of determination shall be
designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary by the Board of Directors of the Company in accordance with Section 4.19 and (2) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. 
 “U.S. Person” means a U.S. Person as defined in Rule 902(k) promulgated under the Securities Act. 
 “Voting Stock” of any specified Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such Person that is at the time entitled to vote in the election of the Board of Directors of such Person.

 “Weighted Average Life to Maturity” means, when applied to any Indebtedness at any date, the number of years
obtained by dividing: 
 (1) the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (a) the amount of each then
remaining installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required payments of principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect of the Indebtedness, by (b) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will
elapse between such date and the making of such payment; by 
 (2) the then outstanding principal amount
of such Indebtedness. 
 “Wholly-Owned Subsidiary” means a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company of which the
Company owns, directly or indirectly, all of the Capital Stock, other than directors’ qualifying shares, of such Restricted Subsidiary. 

Section 1.02 Other Definitions. 
  

			
	 Term
	  	Defined in
Section
	 “Additional Interest Notice”
	  	4.01
	 “Additional Notes”
	  	2.02
	 “Affiliate Transaction”
	  	4.11
	 “Asset Sale Offer”
	  	3.09
	 “Authentication Order”
	  	2.02
	 “Change of Control Offer”
	  	4.14
	 “Change of Control Payment”
	  	4.14
	 “Change of Control Payment Date”
	  	4.14
	 “Covenant Defeasance”
	  	8.03
	 “Designation”
	  	4.19
	 “DTC”
	  	2.03
	 “Event of Default”
	  	6.01

  
 34 

			
	 Term
	  	Defined in
Section
	 “Excess Proceeds”
	  	  4.10
	 “Initial Lien”
	  	  4.12
	 “Legal Defeasance”
	  	  8.02
	 “Offer Amount”
	  	  3.09
	 “Offer Period”
	  	  3.09
	 “Paying Agent”
	  	  2.03
	 “Permitted Debt”
	  	  4.09
	 “Purchase Date”
	  	  3.09
	 “Redemption Notice Date”
	  	  3.10
	 “Registrar”
	  	  2.03
	 “Restricted Payments”
	  	  4.07
	 “Revocation”
	  	  4.19
	 “Special Redemption Date”
	  	  3.10
	 “Successor Guarantor”
	  	10.04

 Section 1.03 Incorporation
by Reference of Trust Indenture Act. 
 Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of the TIA, the provision is
incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture. 
 The following TIA terms used in this Indenture have the
following meanings: 
 “indenture securities” means the Notes; 

“indenture security Holder” means a Holder of a Note; 

“indenture to be qualified” means this Indenture; 

“indenture trustee” or “institutional trustee” means the Trustee; and 

“obligor” on the Notes and the Note Guarantees means the Company and the Guarantors, respectively, and any successor
obligor upon the Notes and the Note Guarantees, respectively. 
 All other terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the
TIA, defined by TIA reference to another statute or defined by SEC rule under the TIA have the meanings so assigned to them. 

Section 1.04 Rules of Construction. 
 Unless the context otherwise requires: 
 (1) a term has the meaning
assigned to it; 
 (2) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with
GAAP; 
 (3) “or” is not exclusive; 

(4) words in the singular include the plural, and in the plural include the singular; 

  
 35 

 (5) “will” shall be interpreted to express a command; 

(6) provisions apply to successive events and transactions; and 

(7) references to sections of or rules under the Securities Act will be deemed to include substitute, replacement of
successor sections or rules adopted by the SEC from time to time. 
 ARTICLE 2 

THE NOTES 
 Section 2.01
Form and Dating. 
 (a) General. The Initial Notes issued on the date hereof will be in an aggregate principal
amount of $400,000,000. In addition, the Company may issue, from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture, Additional Notes and Exchange Notes. The Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication will be
substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto. The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rule or usage. Each Note will be dated the date of its authentication. The Notes shall be in denominations of $2,000
and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess of $2,000. 
 The terms and provisions contained in the Notes will constitute, and
are hereby expressly made, a part of this Indenture and the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby. However, to the extent any
provision of any Note conflicts with the express provisions of this Indenture, the provisions of this Indenture shall govern and be controlling. 
 (b) Global Notes. Notes issued in global form will be substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto (including the Global Note Legend thereon and the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the
Global Note” attached thereto). Notes issued in definitive form will be substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto (but without the Global Note Legend thereon and without the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note”
attached thereto). Each Global Note will represent such of the outstanding Notes as will be specified therein and each shall provide that it represents the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes from time to time endorsed thereon and that
the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby may from time to time be reduced or increased, as appropriate, to reflect exchanges and redemptions. Any endorsement of a Global Note to reflect the amount of any increase or
decrease in the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby will be made by the Trustee or the Custodian, at the direction of the Trustee, in accordance with instructions given by the Holder thereof as required by
Section 2.06 hereof. 
 Section 2.02 Execution and Authentication. 

At least one Officer must sign the Notes for the Company by manual or facsimile signature. 

If an Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time a Note is authenticated, the Note will nevertheless be
valid. 
 A Note will not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee. The signature will be conclusive
evidence that the Note has been authenticated under this Indenture. 

  
 36 

 The Trustee will, upon receipt of a written order of the Company in the form
of an Officers’ Certificate (an “Authentication Order”), authenticate Notes in an aggregate principal amount of $400,000,000 for original issue on the Issue Date. The Trustee shall authenticate
additional Notes (“Additional Notes”) thereafter in unlimited aggregate principal amount for original issue upon receipt of an Authentication Order. The aggregate principal amount of Notes outstanding at any time may not exceed the
aggregate principal amount of Notes authorized for issuance by the Company pursuant to one or more Authentication Orders, except as provided in Section 2.07 hereof.  

The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent acceptable to the Company to authenticate Notes. An authenticating agent may authenticate
Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent. An authenticating agent has the same rights as an Agent to deal with Holders or an Affiliate of the
Company. 
 Section 2.03 Registrar and Paying Agent. 
 The Company will maintain an office or agency where Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange (“Registrar”) and an office or agency where Notes may be presented
for payment (“Paying Agent”) and an office or agency where notices and demands to or upon the Company, if any, in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served. The Registrar will keep a register of the Notes and of their
transfer and exchange. The Company may appoint one or more co-registrars and one or more additional paying agents. The term “Registrar” includes any co-registrar and the term “Paying Agent” includes any additional paying agent.
The Company may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder. The Company will notify the Trustee in writing of the name and address of any Agent not a party to this Indenture. If the Company fails to appoint or maintain another
entity as Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as such. The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent or Registrar. 
 The Company initially appoints The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) to act as Depositary with respect to the Global Notes. 

The Company initially appoints the Trustee to act as the Registrar, Paying Agent and Agent for service of notices and demands in
connection with the Notes and this Indenture, and to act as Custodian with respect to the Global Notes. 
 Section 2.04 Paying Agent to
Hold Money in Trust. 
 The Company will require each Paying Agent other than the Trustee to agree in writing that the Paying
Agent will hold in trust for the benefit of Holders or the Trustee all money held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal of, premium on, if any, interest or Additional Interest, if any, on, the Notes, and will notify the Trustee in writing
of any default by the Company in making any such payment. While any such default continues, the Trustee may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. The Company at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held
by it to the Trustee. Upon payment over to the Trustee, the Paying Agent (if other than the Company or a Subsidiary) will have no further liability for the money. If the Company or a Subsidiary acts as Paying Agent, it will segregate and hold in a
separate trust fund for the benefit of the Holders all money held by it as Paying Agent. Upon any bankruptcy or reorganization proceedings relating to the Company, the Trustee will serve as Paying Agent for the Notes. 

  
 37 

 Section 2.05 Holder Lists. 

The Trustee will preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and
addresses of all Holders and shall otherwise comply with TIA §312(a). If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Company will furnish to the Trustee at least seven Business Days before each interest payment date and at such other times as the
Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of the Holders of Notes and the Company shall otherwise comply with TIA §312(a). 

Section 2.06 Transfer and Exchange. 
 (a) Transfer and Exchange of Global Notes. A Global Note may not be transferred except as a whole by the Depositary to a nominee of the Depositary, by a nominee of the Depositary to the Depositary
or to another nominee of the Depositary, or by the Depositary or any such nominee to a successor Depositary or a nominee of such successor Depositary. All Global Notes will be exchanged by the Company for Definitive Notes if: 

(1) the Company delivers to the Trustee notice from the Depositary that it is unwilling or unable to continue to act as
Depositary or that it is no longer a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act and, in either case, a successor Depositary is not appointed by the Company within 120 days after the date of such notice from the Depositary; 

(2) the Company in its sole discretion determines that the Global Notes (in whole but not in part) should be exchanged for
Definitive Notes and delivers a written notice to such effect to the Trustee; or 
 (3) there has occurred and is
continuing a Default or Event of Default with respect to the Notes. 
 Upon the occurrence of either of the preceding events in
(1) or (2) above, Definitive Notes shall be issued in such names as the Depositary shall instruct the Trustee in writing. Global Notes also may be exchanged or replaced, in whole or in part, as provided in Sections 2.07 and 2.10 hereof.
Every Note authenticated and delivered in exchange for, or in lieu of, a Global Note or any portion thereof, pursuant to this Section 2.06 or Section 2.07 or 2.10 hereof, shall be authenticated and delivered in the form of, and shall be, a
Global Note. A Global Note may not be exchanged for another Note other than as provided in this Section 2.06(a), however, beneficial interests in a Global Note may be transferred and exchanged as provided in Section 2.06(b), (c) or
(f) hereof. 
 (b) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in the Global Notes. The transfer and exchange of
beneficial interests in the Global Notes will be effected through the Depositary, in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and the Applicable Procedures. Beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes will be subject to restrictions
on transfer comparable to those set forth herein to the extent required by the Securities Act. Transfers of beneficial interests in the Global Notes also will require compliance with either subparagraph (1) or (2) below, as applicable, as
well as one or more of the other following subparagraphs, as applicable: 
 (1) Transfer of Beneficial
Interests in the Same Global Note. Beneficial interests in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the same Restricted Global Note in accordance with the transfer
restrictions set forth in the Private Placement Legend; provided, however, that prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, transfers of beneficial interests in the Regulation S Global

  
 38 

 
Note may not be made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person (other than an Initial Purchaser). Beneficial interests in any Unrestricted Global Note may be transferred to
Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. No written orders or instructions shall be required to be delivered to the Registrar to effect the transfers described in this
Section 2.06(b)(1). 
 (2) All Other Transfers and Exchanges of Beneficial Interests in Global Notes.
In connection with all transfers and exchanges of beneficial interests that are not subject to Section 2.06(b)(1) above, the transferor of such beneficial interest must deliver to the Registrar either: 

(A) both: 
 (i) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to credit or cause to be credited a
beneficial interest in another Global Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged; and 
 (ii) written instructions given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures containing information regarding the Participant account to be credited with such increase; or 

(B) both: 
 (i) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to cause to be issued a Definitive Note in
an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged; and 
 (ii) instructions given by the
Depositary to the Registrar containing information regarding the Person in whose name such Definitive Note shall be registered to effect the transfer or exchange referred to in (1) above. 

Upon consummation of an Exchange Offer by the Company in accordance with Section 2.06(f) hereof, the requirements of this Section 2.06(b)(2)
shall be deemed to have been satisfied upon receipt by the Registrar of the instructions contained in the Letter of Transmittal delivered by the Holder of such beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes. Upon satisfaction of all of the
requirements for transfer or exchange of beneficial interests in Global Notes contained in this Indenture and the Notes or otherwise applicable under the Securities Act, the Trustee shall adjust the principal amount of the relevant Global Note(s)
pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof. 
 (3) Transfer of Beneficial Interests to Another Restricted Global
Note. A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Restricted Global Note if the transfer complies with the requirements of
Section 2.06(b)(2) above and the Registrar receives the following: 
 (A) if the transferee will take
delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the 144A Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; 

  
 39 

 (B) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial
interest in the Regulation S Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; and 

(C) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the IAI Global Note, then the transferor
must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by item (3) thereof, if applicable. 

(4) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note for Beneficial Interests in an
Unrestricted Global Note. A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be exchanged by any holder thereof for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a
beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note if the exchange or transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.06(b)(2) above and: 
 (A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and the holder of the beneficial interest to be transferred, in the case of an
exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (i) a Broker-Dealer, (ii) a Person participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes or (iii) a Person who
is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company; 
 (B) such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf
Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; 
 (C) such transfer is effected by
a Broker-Dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; or 
 (D) the Registrar receives the following: 
 (i) if the holder of
such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications
in item (1)(a) thereof; or 
 (ii) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note
proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the
certifications in item (4) thereof; 
 and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Registrar so
requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer
contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. 
 If any such transfer is effected pursuant to subparagraph (B) or (D) above at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Company shall issue and, upon receipt of an

  
 40 

 
Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate
principal amount of beneficial interests transferred pursuant to subparagraph (B) or (D) above. 
 Beneficial
interests in an Unrestricted Global Note cannot be exchanged for, or transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of, a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note. 

(c) Transfer or Exchange of Beneficial Interests for Definitive Notes. 

(1) Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Restricted Definitive Notes. If any holder of a beneficial
interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note, then,
upon receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation: 
 (A) if the holder of such beneficial interest in
a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2)(a) thereof; 

(B) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, a certificate to the effect
set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; 
 (C) if such beneficial
interest is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; 

(D) if such beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the
Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof; 
 (E) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to an Institutional Accredited Investor in reliance on an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than those listed in
subparagraphs (B) through (D) above, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by item (3) thereof, if applicable; 

(F) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, a certificate to the
effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(b) thereof; or 
 (G) if such
beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(c) thereof, 

the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof,
and the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Person designated in the instructions a Definitive Note in the appropriate principal amount. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a
Restricted Global 

  
 41 

 
Note pursuant to this Section 2.06(c) shall be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest shall instruct
the Registrar through instructions from the Depositary and the Participant or Indirect Participant. The Trustee shall deliver such Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange
for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(1) shall bear the Private Placement Legend and shall be subject to all restrictions on transfer contained therein. 

(2) Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. A holder of a beneficial
interest in a Restricted Global Note may exchange such beneficial interest for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or may transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note only if:

 (A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration
Rights Agreement and the holder of such beneficial interest, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (i) a Broker-Dealer, (ii) a Person
participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes or (iii) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company; 
 (B) such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; 

(C) such transfer is effected by a Broker-Dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with
the Registration Rights Agreement; or 
 (D) the Registrar receives the following: 

(i) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest
for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(b) thereof; or 

(ii) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest
to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof; 

and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an
Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no
longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. 
 (3) Beneficial Interests in
Unrestricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. If any holder of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a
Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Note, then, upon satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 2.06(b)(2) hereof, the Trustee will cause the aggregate principal

  
 42 

 
amount of the applicable Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof, and the Company will execute and the Trustee will authenticate and deliver to the Person
designated in the instructions a Definitive Note in the appropriate principal amount. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(3) will be registered in such name or names and in such
authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest requests through instructions to the Registrar from or through the Depositary and the Participant or Indirect Participant. The Trustee will deliver such Definitive
Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(3) will not bear the Private Placement Legend. 

(d) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Beneficial Interests. 

(1) Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes. If any Holder of a Restricted
Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note or to transfer such Restricted Definitive Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global
Note, then, upon receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation: 
 (A) if the Holder of such Restricted
Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2)(b) thereof; 

(B) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, a certificate to the
effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; 
 (C) if such
Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item
(2) thereof; 
 (D) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from
the registration requirements of the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof; 

(E) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to an Institutional Accredited Investor in reliance on an
exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than those listed in subparagraphs (B) through (D) above, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications, certificates and
Opinion of Counsel required by item (3) thereof, if applicable; 
 (F) if such Restricted Definitive Note is
being transferred to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(b) thereof; or 

(G) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the
Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(c) thereof, 

  
 43 

 the Trustee will cancel the Restricted Definitive Note, increase or cause to be increased
the aggregate principal amount of, in the case of clause (A) above, the appropriate Restricted Global Note, in the case of clause (B) above, the 144A Global Note, in the case of clause (C) above, the Regulation S Global Note, and in
all other cases, the IAI Global Note. 
 (2) Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in
Unrestricted Global Notes. A Holder of a Restricted Definitive Note may exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Restricted Definitive Note to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of
a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note only if: 
 (A) such exchange or transfer is effected
pursuant to the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and the Holder, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (i) a
Broker-Dealer, (ii) a Person participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes or (iii) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company; 

(B) such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights
Agreement; 
 (C) such transfer is effected by a Broker-Dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration
Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; or 
 (D) the Registrar receives the following:

 (i) if the Holder of such Definitive Notes proposes to exchange such Notes for a beneficial interest in the
Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(c) thereof; or 
 (ii) if the Holder of such Definitive Notes proposes to transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate
from such Holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof; 
 and, in each such
case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with
the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. 

Upon satisfaction of the conditions of any of the subparagraphs in this Section 2.06(d)(2), the Trustee will cancel
the Definitive Notes and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of the Unrestricted Global Note. 
 (3) Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes. A Holder of an Unrestricted Definitive Note may exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in an
Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Definitive Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note at any time. 

  
 44 

 
Upon receipt of a request for such an exchange or transfer, the Trustee will cancel the applicable Unrestricted Definitive Note and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal
amount of one of the Unrestricted Global Notes. 
 If any such exchange or transfer from a Definitive Note to a
beneficial interest is effected pursuant to subparagraphs (2)(B), (2)(D) or (3) above at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Company will issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance
with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee will authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of Definitive Notes so transferred. 

(e) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Definitive Notes. Upon request by a Holder of Definitive Notes and such
Holder’s compliance with the provisions of this Section 2.06(e), the Registrar will register the transfer or exchange of Definitive Notes. Prior to such registration of transfer or exchange, the requesting Holder must present or surrender
to the Registrar the Definitive Notes duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instruction of transfer in form satisfactory to the Registrar duly executed by such Holder or by its attorney, duly authorized in writing. In addition, the requesting
Holder must provide any additional certifications, documents and information, as applicable, required pursuant to the following provisions of this Section 2.06(e). 

(1) Restricted Definitive Notes to Restricted Definitive Notes. Any Restricted Definitive Note may be transferred
to and registered in the name of Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note if the Registrar receives the following: 
 (A) if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 144A, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; 

(B) if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 903 or Rule 904, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the
form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; and 
 (C) if the transfer will
be made pursuant to any other exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel
required by item (3) thereof, if applicable. 
 (2) Restricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted
Definitive Notes. Any Restricted Definitive Note may be exchanged by the Holder thereof for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or transferred to a Person or Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note if:

 (A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration
Rights Agreement and the Holder, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (i) a Broker-Dealer, (ii) a Person participating in the
distribution of the Exchange Notes or (iii) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company; 
 (B) any such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; 

  
 45 

 (C) any such transfer is effected by a Broker-Dealer pursuant to the
Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; or 
 (D) the
Registrar receives the following: 
 (i) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to exchange
such Notes for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(d) thereof; or 

(ii) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take
delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof; 

and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Registrar so requests, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably
acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain
compliance with the Securities Act. 
 (3) Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes.
A Holder of Unrestricted Definitive Notes may transfer such Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note. Upon receipt of a request to register such a transfer, the Registrar shall register the
Unrestricted Definitive Notes pursuant to the instructions from the Holder thereof. 
 (f) Exchange Offer. Upon the
occurrence of the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement, the Company will issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee will authenticate: 

(1) one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of the beneficial
interests in the Restricted Global Notes accepted for exchange in the Exchange Offer by Persons that certify in the applicable Letters of Transmittal that (A) they are not Broker-Dealers, (B) they are not participating in a distribution of
the Exchange Notes and (C) they are not affiliates (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company; and 
 (2)
Unrestricted Definitive Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of the Restricted Definitive Notes accepted for exchange in the Exchange Offer by Persons that certify in the applicable Letters of Transmittal that
(A) they are not Broker-Dealers, (B) they are not participating in a distribution of the Exchange Notes and (C) they are not affiliates (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company. 

Concurrently with the issuance of such Notes, the Trustee will cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Restricted Global
Notes to be reduced accordingly, and the Company will execute and the Trustee will authenticate and deliver to the Persons designated by the Holders of Definitive Notes so accepted Unrestricted Definitive Notes in the appropriate principal amount.

  
 46 

 (g) Legends. The following legends will appear on the face of all Global Notes and
Definitive Notes issued under this Indenture unless specifically stated otherwise in the applicable provisions of this Indenture. 
 (1) Private Placement Legend. 
 (A) Except as permitted by
subparagraph (B) below, each Global Note and each Definitive Note (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) shall bear the legend in substantially the following form: 

“THIS NOTE AND THE RELATED GUARANTEES HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES
ACT”), OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS. NEITHER THIS NOTE NOR THE RELATED GUARANTEES NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE OFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH
REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT. THE HOLDER OF THIS NOTE AND THE RELATED GUARANTEES BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF AGREES TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER
SUCH NOTE, PRIOR TO THE DATE WHICH IS ONE YEAR AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF, THE ISSUE DATE OF ANY ADDITIONAL NOTES OF THE SAME SERIES AND THE LAST DATE ON WHICH THE ISSUER OR ANY AFFILIATE OF THE ISSUER WAS THE OWNER OF THIS
NOTE AND THE RELATED GUARANTEES (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF THIS NOTE AND THE RELATED GUARANTEES) (THE “RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE”) ONLY (A) TO THE ISSUER OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION
STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) FOR SO LONG AS THE NOTES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (“RULE 144A”), TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER”
DEFINED IN RULE 144A THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (D) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES TO NON-U.S. PERSONS
THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES, (E) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 501(a)(1), (2), (3) OR (7) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT
IS NOT A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER AND THAT IS PURCHASING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF ANOTHER INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR, IN EACH CASE IN A MINIMUM PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF NOTES OF $250,000, OR (F) PURSUANT TO ANOTHER
AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO THE ISSUER’S AND THE TRUSTEE’S RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER (i) PURSUANT TO CLAUSE (D) PRIOR TO THE END OF THE
DISTRIBUTION COMPLIANCE PERIOD WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR PURSUANT TO CLAUSE (F) PRIOR TO THE RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/OR OTHER
INFORMATION SATISFACTORY 

  
 47 

 
TO EACH OF THEM, AND (ii) IN EACH OF THE FOREGOING CASES, TO REQUIRE THAT A CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER IN THE FORM APPEARING ON THIS NOTE IS COMPLETED AND DELIVERED BY THE TRANSFEROR TO THE
TRUSTEE. THIS LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED UPON THE REQUEST OF A HOLDER ONLY AT THE DIRECTION AND IN THE ABSOLUTE DISCRETION OF THE ISSUER AFTER THE DISTRIBUTION COMPLIANCE PERIOD OR RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE, AS APPLICABLE. 

BY ITS ACQUISITION OF THIS SECURITY, THE HOLDER THEREOF WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE REPRESENTED AND WARRANTED THAT EITHER (1) NO PORTION
OF THE ASSETS USED BY SUCH HOLDER TO ACQUIRE OR HOLD THIS SECURITY CONSTITUTES THE ASSETS OF AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN THAT IS SUBJECT TO TITLE I OF THE U.S. EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED, OR “ERISA,” OF A
PLAN, INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ACCOUNT OR OTHER ARRANGEMENT THAT IS SUBJECT TO SECTION 4975 OF THE U.S. INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED, THE “CODE,” OR PROVISIONS UNDER ANY OTHER FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL, NON-U.S. OR OTHER LAWS OR
REGULATIONS THAT ARE SIMILAR TO SUCH PROVISIONS OF ERISA OR THE CODE, OR “SIMILAR LAWS,” OR OF AN ENTITY WHOSE UNDERLYING ASSETS ARE CONSIDERED TO INCLUDE “PLAN ASSETS” OF ANY SUCH PLAN, ACCOUNT OR ARRANGEMENT, OR (2) THE
ACQUISITION AND HOLDING OF THIS SECURITY WILL NOT CONSTITUTE A NON-EXEMPT PROHIBITED TRANSACTION UNDER SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE OR A SIMILAR VIOLATION UNDER ANY APPLICABLE SIMILAR LAWS.” 

(B) Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Global Note or Definitive Note issued pursuant to subparagraphs
(b)(4), (c)(2), (c)(3), (d)(2), (d)(3), (e)(2), (e)(3) or (f) of this Section 2.06 (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) will not bear the Private Placement Legend. 

(2) Global Note Legend. Each Global Note will bear a legend in substantially the following form: 

“THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD BY THE DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS NOTE) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE
BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (1) THE TRUSTEE MAY MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06 OF THE INDENTURE, (2) THIS GLOBAL
NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(A) OF THE INDENTURE, (3) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.11 OF THE INDENTURE AND (4) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE
TRANSFERRED TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY WITH THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE COMPANY. 
 UNLESS AND UNTIL IT IS EXCHANGED IN WHOLE
OR IN PART FOR NOTES IN DEFINITIVE FORM, THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER

  
 48 

 
NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY THE DEPOSITARY OR ANY SUCH NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY. UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED
REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (55 WATER STREET, NEW YORK, NEW YORK) (“DTC”), TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF
CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE
OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.” 
 (h) Cancellation and/or Adjustment of Global Notes. At such time as all beneficial interests in a particular Global Note have been exchanged for Definitive Notes or a particular Global Note has
been redeemed, repurchased or canceled in whole and not in part, each such Global Note will be returned to or retained and canceled by the Trustee in accordance with Section 2.11 hereof. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial
interest in a Global Note is exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note or for Definitive Notes, the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note
will be reduced accordingly and an endorsement will be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such reduction; and if the beneficial interest is being exchanged for or transferred to a
Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note, such other Global Note will be increased accordingly and an endorsement will be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the
direction of the Trustee to reflect such increase. 
 (i) General Provisions Relating to Transfers and Exchanges.

 (1) To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Company will execute and the Trustee will
authenticate Global Notes and Definitive Notes upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof or at the Registrar’s request. 

(2) No service charge will be made to a Holder of a beneficial interest in a Global Note or to a Holder of a Definitive
Note for any registration of transfer or exchange, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes or similar
governmental charge payable upon exchange or transfer pursuant to Sections 2.10, 3.06, 3.09, 4.10, 4.14 and 9.05 hereof). 
 (3) The Registrar will not be required to register the transfer of or exchange of any Note selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part.

 (4) All Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Global Notes
or Definitive Notes will be the valid obligations of the Company, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Global Notes or Definitive Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange.

 (5) Neither the Registrar nor the Company will be required: 

  
 49 

 (A) to issue, to register the transfer of or to exchange any Notes during a
period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before the day of mailing any notice of redemption under Section 3.02 hereof and ending at the close of business on the day of such mailing; 

(B) to register the transfer of or to exchange any Note selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed
portion of any Note being redeemed in part; or 
 (C) to register the transfer of or to exchange a Note between a
record date and the next succeeding interest payment date. 
 (6) Prior to due presentment for the registration
of a transfer of any Note, the Trustee, any Agent and the Company may deem and treat the Person in whose name any Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of and interest on such Notes
and for all other purposes, and none of the Trustee, any Agent or the Company shall be affected by notice to the contrary. 
 (7) The Trustee will authenticate Global Notes and Definitive Notes in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.02 hereof. 

(8) All certifications, certificates and Opinions of Counsel required to be submitted to the Registrar pursuant to this
Section 2.06 to effect a registration of transfer or exchange may be submitted by facsimile. 
 The Trustee shall have no
obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance with any restrictions on transfer imposed under this Indenture or under applicable law with respect to any transfer of any interest in any Note (including any transfers between or
among any participants of the Depositary or beneficial owners of interests in any Global Notes) other than to require delivery of such certificates and other documentation or evidence as are expressly required by, and to do so if and when expressly
required by the terms of, this Indenture, and to examine the same to determine substantial compliance as to form with the express requirements hereof. 
 Neither the Trustee nor any Agent shall have any responsibility for any actions taken or not taken by the Depositary. 
 Section 2.07 Replacement Notes. 
 If any mutilated Note is surrendered
to the Trustee or the Company and the Trustee receives evidence to its satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Note, the Company will issue and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, will authenticate a replacement Note
if the Trustee’s requirements are met. Upon written request for replacement of a Note by a Holder, the Trustee and the Company shall receive an indemnity bond sufficient in the judgment of the Trustee and the Company to protect the Company, the
Trustee, any Agent and any authenticating agent from any loss that any of them may suffer if a Note is replaced. The Company may charge the Holder for its expenses in replacing a Note, with any expense of the Trustee to be reimbursed in accordance
with the terms of this Indenture. 
 Every replacement Note is an additional obligation of the Company and will be entitled to
all of the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with all other Notes duly issued hereunder. 

  
 50 

 Section 2.08 Outstanding Notes. 

The Notes outstanding at any time are all the Notes authenticated by the Trustee except for those canceled by it, those delivered to it
for cancellation, those paid under this Indenture, those reductions in the interest in a Global Note effected by the Trustee in accordance with the provisions hereof, and those described in this Section 2.08 as not outstanding. Except as set
forth in Section 2.09 hereof, a Note does not cease to be outstanding because the Company or an Affiliate of the Company holds the Note; however, Notes held by the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company shall not be deemed to be outstanding for
purposes of Section 3.07(a) hereof.  
 If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.07 hereof, it ceases
to be outstanding unless the Trustee receives proof satisfactory to it that the replaced Note is held by a protected purchaser. 

If the principal amount of any Note is considered paid under Section 4.01 hereof, it ceases to be outstanding and interest on it
ceases to accrue. 
 If the Paying Agent (other than the Company, a Subsidiary or an Affiliate of any thereof) holds, on a
redemption date or maturity date, money sufficient to pay Notes payable on that date, then on and after that date such Notes will be deemed to be no longer outstanding and will cease to accrue interest. 

Section 2.09 Treasury Notes. 
 In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned by the Company or any Guarantor, or by any Person directly or
indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with the Company or any Guarantor, will be considered as though not outstanding, except that for the purposes of determining whether the Trustee will be protected in
conclusively relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Notes that a Responsible Officer of the Trustee actually knows are so owned will be so disregarded. 
 Section 2.10 Temporary Notes. 
 Until certificates representing Notes
are ready for delivery, the Company may prepare and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, will authenticate temporary Notes. Temporary Notes will be substantially in the form of certificated Notes but may have variations that the
Company considers appropriate for temporary Notes and as may be reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. Without unreasonable delay, the Company will prepare and the Trustee will, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, authenticate definitive Notes
in exchange for temporary Notes. 
 Holders of temporary Notes will be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture.

 Section 2.11 Cancellation. 
 The Company at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar and Paying Agent will forward to the Trustee any Notes surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange
or payment. The Trustee and no one else will cancel all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment, replacement or cancellation and will dispose of such canceled Notes (subject to the record retention requirement of the
Exchange Act) and in accordance with the Trustee’s customary procedures. Upon written request and at the expense of the Company, certification of the cancellation of such Notes will be delivered to the Company. The Company may not issue new
Notes to replace Notes that it has paid or that have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation. 

  
 51 

 Section 2.12 Defaulted Interest. 

If the Company defaults in a payment of interest on the Notes, it will pay the defaulted interest in any lawful manner plus, to the extent
lawful, interest payable on the defaulted interest, to the Persons who are Holders on a subsequent special record date, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof. The Company will notify the Trustee in writing of
the amount of defaulted interest proposed to be paid on each Note and the date of the proposed payment. The Company will fix or cause to be fixed each such special record date and payment date; provided that no such special record date may be
less than 10 days prior to the related payment date for such defaulted interest. At least 10 days before the special record date, the Company will mail or cause to be mailed to Holders a notice that states the special record date, the related
payment date and the amount of such interest to be paid. 
 Section 2.13 CUSIP or ISIN Numbers 

The Company in issuing the Notes may use “CUSIP” or “ISIN” numbers (if then generally in use), and, if so, the Trustee
shall use “CUSIP” or “ISIN” numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders; provided that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed on
the Notes or as contained in any notice of a redemption and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes, and any such redemption shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers. The
Company will promptly notify the Trustee in writing of any change in the “CUSIP” or “ISIN” numbers. 

ARTICLE 3 

REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT 

Section 3.01 Notices to Trustee. 
 If the Company elects to redeem Notes pursuant to the optional redemption provisions of Section 3.07 hereof, at least 45 days prior to a redemption date (unless shorter notice shall be agreed to in
writing by the Trustee) but not more than 60 days before the redemption date, the Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of the redemption date, the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed, the clause of this Indenture pursuant to which the
redemption shall occur and the redemption price (identifying the Notes by CUSIP or ISIN, as applicable). Notice given to the Trustee pursuant to this Section 3.01 may, at the Company’s discretion, state that any such redemption may be
subject to the satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent. 
 Section 3.02 Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed or Purchased.

 If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed or purchased in an offer to purchase at any time, the Trustee will select
Notes for redemption or purchase on a pro rata basis (or, in the case of Notes issued in global form pursuant to Article 2 hereof, based on a method that most nearly approximates a pro rata selection as the Trustee deems fair and
appropriate) unless otherwise required by law or applicable stock exchange or depositary requirements. 
 Upon selection, the
Trustee will promptly notify the Company in writing of the Notes selected for redemption or purchase and, in the case of any Note selected for partial redemption or purchase, the principal amount thereof to be redeemed or purchased. Notes and
portions of Notes selected will be in amounts of $2,000 or whole multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof; except that if all of the Notes of a Holder are to be redeemed or purchased, the entire outstanding amount of Notes held by such Holder shall be
redeemed or purchased. Except as provided in the preceding sentence, provisions of this Indenture that 

  
 52 

 
apply to Notes called for redemption or purchase also apply to portions of Notes called for redemption or purchase. 
 Section 3.03 Notice of Redemption. 
 Subject to the provisions of
Sections 3.09 and 3.10 hereof, at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before a redemption date, the Company will mail or cause to be mailed, by first class mail, a notice of redemption to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its
registered address, except that redemption notices may be mailed more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with a defeasance of the Notes or a satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture pursuant to Articles
8 or 11 hereof. Any notice may, at the Company’s discretion, be subject to the satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent. 
 The notice will identify the Notes (by CUSIP or ISIN, if applicable) to be redeemed and will state: 
 (a) the redemption date; 
 (b) the redemption price; 

(c) if any Note is being redeemed in part, the portion of the principal amount of such Note to be redeemed and that, after the redemption
date upon surrender of such Note, a new Note or Notes in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion will be issued in the name of the Holder of Notes upon cancellation of the original Note; 

(d) the name and address of the Paying Agent; 
 (e) that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the redemption price; 
 (f) that, unless the Company defaults in making such redemption payment, interest on Notes called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after the redemption date; 

(g) if such notice is conditioned upon the occurrence of one or more conditions precedent, the nature of such conditions precedent;

 (h) the paragraph of the Notes and/or Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the Notes called for redemption are being
redeemed; and 
 (i) that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP number, if any, listed in
such notice or printed on the Notes. 
 At the Company’s written request, the Trustee will give the notice of redemption in
the Company’s name and at its expense; provided, however, that the Company has delivered to the Trustee, at least 45 days prior to the redemption date, an Officers’ Certificate requesting that the Trustee give such notice and
setting forth the information to be stated in such notice as provided in the preceding paragraph. 

  
 53 

 Section 3.04 Effect of Notice of Redemption. 

Once notice of redemption is mailed in accordance with Section 3.03 hereof, Notes called for redemption become irrevocably due and
payable on the redemption date at the redemption price, subject to the satisfaction of any conditions precedent contained in such notice of redemption. 
 Section 3.05 Deposit of Redemption or Purchase Price. 
 If the Company
elects to redeem Notes in accordance with Section 3.07 hereof, one Business Day prior to the anticipated redemption or purchase date, the Company will deposit with the Trustee or with the Paying Agent money sufficient to pay the redemption or
purchase price of accrued interest and Additional Interest, if any, on all Notes to be redeemed or purchased on that date. Upon payment of any amount in connection with redemption, the Trustee or the Paying Agent will promptly return to the Company
any money deposited with the Trustee or the Paying Agent by the Company in excess of the amounts necessary to pay the redemption or purchase price of accrued interest and Additional Interest, if any, on all Notes to be redeemed or purchased.

 If the Company complies with the provisions of the preceding paragraph, on and after the redemption or purchase date,
interest will cease to accrue on the Notes or the portions of Notes called for redemption or purchase. If a Note is redeemed or purchased on or after an interest record date but on or prior to the related interest payment date, then any accrued and
unpaid interest shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Note was registered at the close of business on such record date. If any Note called for redemption or purchase is not so paid upon surrender for redemption or purchase because of the
failure of the Company to comply with the preceding paragraph, interest shall be paid on the unpaid principal, from the redemption or purchase date until such principal is paid, and to the extent lawful on any interest not paid on such unpaid
principal, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof. 
 Section 3.06 Notes Redeemed or Purchased
in Part. 
 Upon surrender of a Note that is redeemed or purchased in part, the Company will issue and, upon receipt of an
Authentication Order, the Trustee will authenticate for the Holder at the expense of the Company a new Note equal in principal amount to the unredeemed or unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered. 

Section 3.07 Optional Redemption. 
 (a) At any time prior to July 15, 2014, the Company may on any one or more occasions redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes issued under this Indenture, upon not less than 30
nor more than 60 days’ notice, at a redemption price equal to 107.250% of the principal amount of the Notes redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the date of redemption (subject to the rights of Holders
of Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date if the Notes have not been redeemed prior to such date), with the net cash proceeds of an Equity Offering by Endo; provided that: 

(1) at least 65% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes originally issued under this Indenture (excluding Notes held
by the Company and its Subsidiaries) remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of such redemption; and 
 (2) the redemption occurs within 120 days of the date of the closing of such Equity Offering. 

  
 54 

 (b) At any time prior to July 15, 2016, the Company may on any one or more occasions
redeem all or a part of the Notes, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes redeemed, plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest and
Additional Interest, if any, to the date of redemption, subject to the rights of Holders of Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date. 

(c) Except pursuant to the preceding paragraphs, the Notes will not be redeemable at the Company’s option prior to July 15,
2016. 
 (d) On or after to July 15, 2016, the Company may on any one or more occasions redeem all or a part of the Notes,
upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes redeemed, to the
applicable date of redemption, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on July 15 of the years indicated below (subject to the rights of Holders on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment
date if the Notes have not been redeemed prior to such date): 
  

					
	 Year
	  	Percentage	 
	 2016
	  	 	103.625	% 
	 2017
	  	 	102.417	% 
	 2018
	  	 	101.208	% 
	 2019 and thereafter
	  	 	100.000	% 

 Unless the Company
defaults in the payment of the redemption price, interest will cease to accrue on the Notes or portions thereof called for redemption on the applicable redemption date. 
 (e) Any redemption pursuant to this Section 3.07 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 3.01 through 3.06 hereof. 
 Section 3.08 Mandatory Redemption. 
 Except as set forth in
Section 3.10, the Company is not required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes. 

Section 3.09 Offer to Purchase by Application of Excess Proceeds. 
 In the event that, pursuant to Section 4.10 hereof, the Company is required to commence an offer to all Holders to purchase Notes (an “Asset Sale Offer”), it will follow the
procedures specified below. 
 The Asset Sale Offer shall be made to all Holders and all holders of other Indebtedness that is
pari passu with the Notes containing provisions similar to those set forth in this Indenture with respect to offers to purchase, prepay or redeem with the proceeds of sales of assets. The Asset Sale Offer will remain open for a period of at
least 20 Business Days following its commencement and not more than 30 Business Days, except to the extent that a longer period is required by applicable law (the “Offer Period”). No later than three Business Days after the
termination of the Offer Period (the “Purchase Date”), the Company will apply all Excess Proceeds (the “Offer Amount”) to the purchase of Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness (on a pro rata
basis based on the principal amount of Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness surrendered, if applicable) or, if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes and other Indebtedness tendered in response to the Asset Sale
Offer. Payment for any Notes so purchased will be made in the same manner as interest payments are made. 

  
 55 

 If the Purchase Date is on or after an interest record date and on or before the related
interest payment date, any accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, will be paid to the Person in whose name a Note is registered at the close of business on such record date, and no Additional Interest will be payable to Holders
who tender Notes pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer. 
 Upon the commencement of an Asset Sale Offer, the Company will send, by
first class mail, a notice to the Trustee and each of the Holders, with a copy to the Trustee. The notice will contain all instructions and materials necessary to enable such Holders to tender Notes pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer. The notice,
which will govern the terms of the Asset Sale Offer, will state: 
 (a) that the Asset Sale Offer is being made pursuant to this
Section 3.09 and Section 4.10 hereof and the length of time the Asset Sale Offer will remain open; 
 (b) the Offer
Amount, the purchase price and the Purchase Date; 
 (c) that any Note not tendered or accepted for payment will continue to
accrete or accrue interest; 
 (d) that, unless the Company defaults in making such payment, any Note accepted for payment
pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer will cease to accrete or accrue interest after the Purchase Date; 
 (e) that Holders electing
to have a Note purchased pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer may elect to have Notes purchased in denominations of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof; 
 (f) that Holders electing to have Notes purchased pursuant to any Asset Sale Offer will be required to surrender the Note, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” attached to
the Notes completed, or transfer by book-entry transfer, to the Company, a Depositary, if appointed by the Company, or a Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice at least three days before the Purchase Date; 

(g) that Holders will be entitled to withdraw their election if the Company, the Depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may be,
receives, not later than the expiration of the Offer Period, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of the Note the Holder delivered for purchase and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing
his election to have such Note purchased; 
 (h) that, if the aggregate principal amount of Notes and other pari passu
Indebtedness surrendered by holders thereof exceeds the Offer Amount, the Trustee, after consultation with the Company, will select the Notes and other pari passu Indebtedness to be purchased on a pro rata basis based on the principal
amount of Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness surrendered (with such adjustments as may be deemed appropriate by the Company so that only Notes in denominations of $2,000, or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof, will be
purchased); and 
 (i) that Holders whose Notes were purchased only in part will be issued new Notes equal in principal amount
to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered (or transferred by book-entry transfer). 
 On or before the Purchase Date,
the Company will, to the extent lawful, accept for payment, on a pro rata basis to the extent necessary, the Offer Amount of Notes or portions thereof tendered pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer, or if less than the Offer Amount has been
tendered, all Notes tendered, and will deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes properly accepted together with an Officers’ 

  
 56 

 
Certificate stating that such Notes or portions thereof were accepted for payment by the Company in accordance with the terms of this Section 3.09. The Company, the Depositary or the Paying
Agent, as the case may be, will promptly (but in any case not later than five days after the Purchase Date) mail or deliver to each tendering Holder an amount equal to the purchase price of the Notes tendered by such Holder and accepted by the
Company for purchase, and the Company will promptly issue a new Note, and the Trustee, upon written request from the Company, will authenticate and mail or deliver (or cause to be transferred by book entry) such new Note to such Holder, in a
principal amount equal to any unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered. Any Note not so accepted shall be promptly mailed or delivered by the Company to the Holder thereof. The Company will publicly announce the results of the Asset Sale Offer on
the Purchase Date. 
 Other than as specifically provided in this Section 3.09, any purchase pursuant to this
Section 3.09 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 3.01 through 3.06 hereof. 
 Section 3.10 Special Mandatory
Redemption 
 The Trustee, following receipt of the notice from the Escrow Agent specified in Section 7(b) of the Escrow
Agreement on the Redemption Notice Date (as defined in the Escrow Agreement), shall promptly (a) notify each Holder (with a copy to the Escrow Agent) in accordance with the second paragraph of Section 3.03 that all of the outstanding Notes
shall be redeemed at the Special Mandatory Redemption Price on the next Business Day (or such other minimum period as may be required by DTC) following the Redemption Notice Date (such date, the “Special Redemption Date”)
automatically and without any further action by such Holder of the Notes and (b) provide written instructions to the Escrow Agent that specify the Special Mandatory Redemption Price and the wire payment instructions for amounts to be released
from the Escrow Account (as defined in the Escrow Agreement) for the benefit of Holders. In the event that the amount of funds in the Escrow Account for the benefit of the Holders is less than the aggregate amount of the Special Mandatory Redemption
Price, the Company shall pay to the Paying Agent, at or prior to 12:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the Special Redemption Date, cash equal to such shortfall so as to permit all outstanding Notes to be redeemed on the Special Redemption Date at the
Special Mandatory Redemption Price. On the Special Redemption Date, the Company shall cause the Paying Agent to redeem all of the outstanding Notes issued under this Indenture at a redemption price equal to the Special Mandatory Redemption Price.

 ARTICLE 4 
 COVENANTS 
 Section 4.01 Payment of Notes. 

The Company will pay or cause to be paid the principal of, premium on, if any, and interest and Additional Interest, if any, on, the Notes
on the dates and in the manner provided in the Notes. Principal, premium, if any, and interest and Additional Interest, if any, will be considered paid on the date due if the Paying Agent, if other than the Company or a Subsidiary thereof, holds as
of 10:00 a.m. (New York City Time) on the due date money deposited by the Company in immediately available funds and designated for and sufficient to pay all principal, premium, if any, and interest, if any, then due. The Company will pay all
Additional Interest, if any, in the same manner on the dates and in the amounts set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement. 

The Company will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal at a
rate that is 1% higher than the then applicable interest rate on the Notes to the extent lawful; it will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under 

  
 57 

 
any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest and Additional Interest, if any (without regard to any applicable grace period), at the same rate to the extent lawful. 

In the event that the Issuer is required to pay Additional Interest to Holders pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, the Issuer
will provide written notice (“Additional Interest Notice”) to the Trustee of its obligation to pay Additional Interest no later than fifteen (15) days prior to the proposed payment date for the Additional Interest, and the
Additional Interest Notice shall set forth the amount of Additional Interest to be paid by the Issuer on such payment date. The Trustee shall not at any time be under any duty or responsibility to any Holder to determine the Additional Interest, or
with respect to the nature, extent, or calculation of the amount of Additional Interest owed, or with respect to the method employed in such calculation of the Additional Interest.
 Section 4.02 Maintenance of Office or Agency. 
 The Company will
maintain in each Place of Payment for Notes an office or agency where Notes may be presented or surrendered for payment, where Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Company
in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served. The Company will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at any time the Company fails to maintain any such
required office or agency or fails to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and the Company hereby appoints the Trustee
as its agent to receive all such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands. 
 The Company may also from time to time
designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations; provided, however, that no such designation or rescission will
in any manner relieve the Company of its obligation to maintain an office or agency in each Place of Payment for Notes for such purposes. The Company will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any
change in the location of any such other office or agency. 
 The Company hereby designates the Corporate Trust Office of the
Trustee as one such office or agency of the Company in accordance with Section 2.03 hereof. 
 Section 4.03 Reports.

 (a) Notwithstanding that the Company may not be subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the
Exchange Act, the Company will file with the SEC and provide the Trustee with such annual and quarterly reports and such information, documents and other reports as are specified in Sections 13 and 15(d) of the Exchange Act and applicable to a
U.S. corporation subject to such Sections, such information, documents and reports to be so filed and provided at the times specified for the filing of such information, documents and reports under such Sections; provided, however, that
(a) the Company will not be required to provide the Trustee with any such information, documents and reports that are filed with the Commission and (b) the Company will not be so obligated to file such information, documents and reports
with the SEC if the SEC does not permit such filings; provided further, however, that if the Commission does not permit such filings, the Company will be required to provide to Holders any such information, documents or reports that are not
so filed. The Trustee shall not be responsible to determine whether or not the Company has filed any information with the SEC. 

(b) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in the event that the Company fails to comply with its obligation to file or provide
such information, documents and reports as required 

  
 58 

 
hereunder, the Company will be deemed to have cured such Default for purposes of Section 6.01(4) hereof upon the filing or provision of all such information, documents and reports required
hereunder prior to the expiration of 60 days after written notice to the Company of such failure from the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% of the principal amount of the Notes. 

(c) For so long as any Restricted Notes are outstanding the Company agrees that, in order to render such Restricted Notes eligible for
resale pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act, it will make available, upon request, to any Holder of Restricted Notes or prospective purchasers of Restricted Notes the information specified in Rule 144A(d)(4), unless the Company furnishes
such information to the Commission pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act. 
 (d) Delivery of such reports,
information and documents under this Section 4.03, as well as any such reports, information and documents pursuant to this Indenture, to the Trustee is for informational purposes only and the Trustee’s receipt of such shall not constitute
constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the Company’s compliance with any of its covenants hereunder (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on
Officers’ Certificates). The Trustee shall have no responsibility or liability for the filing, timeliness or content of any report required under this Section 4.03 or any other reports, information and documents required under this
Indenture (aside from any report that is expressly the responsibility of the Trustee subject to the terms hereof). 
 Section 4.04
Compliance Certificate. 
 (a) The Company and each Guarantor (to the extent that such Guarantor is so required under the
TIA) shall deliver to the Trustee, within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year, an Officers’ Certificate stating that a review of the activities of the Company and its Subsidiaries during the preceding fiscal year has been made under the
supervision of the signing Officers with a view to determining whether the Company has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled its obligations under this Indenture, and further stating, as to each such Officer signing such certificate, that to the
best of his or her knowledge the Company has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled each and every covenant contained in this Indenture and is not in default in the performance or observance of any of the terms, provisions and conditions of this
Indenture (or, if a Default or Event of Default has occurred, describing all such Defaults or Events of Default of which he or she may have knowledge and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto) and that to the
best of his or her knowledge no event has occurred and remains in existence by reason of which payments on account of the principal of, premium on, if any, or interest or Additional Interest, if any, on, the Notes is prohibited or if such event has
occurred, a description of the event and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto. 
 (b) So
long as any of the Notes are outstanding, the Company will deliver to the Trustee, forthwith upon any Officer becoming aware of any Default or Event of Default, an Officers’ Certificate specifying such Default or Event of Default and what
action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto. 
 Section 4.05 Taxes. 

The Company will pay, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to pay, prior to delinquency, all material taxes, assessments, and
governmental levies except such as are contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings or where the failure to effect such payment is not adverse in any material respect to the Holders of the Notes. 

  
 59 

 Section 4.06 Stay, Extension and Usury Laws. 

The Company and each of the Guarantors covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it will not at any time insist upon,
plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay, extension or usury law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, that may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and the
Company and each of the Guarantors (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenants that it will not, by resort to any such law, hinder, delay or impede the execution of any
power herein granted to the Trustee, but will suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law has been enacted. 

Section 4.07 Restricted Payments. 
 (a) The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly: 
 (1) declare or pay any dividend or make any other payment or distribution on account of the Company’s or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests (including, without limitation, any
payment in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) or to the direct or indirect holders of the Company’s or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests in their
capacity as such (other than dividends or distributions payable in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company and other than dividends or distributions payable to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company);

 (2) purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire or retire for value, directly or indirectly, (including, without
limitation, in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Company) any Equity Interests of the Company; 
 (3) make any principal payment on or with respect to, or purchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor that is contractually
subordinated to the Notes or to any Note Guarantee (excluding any intercompany Indebtedness between or among the Company and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries), except a payment of principal at, or within 365 days of, the Stated Maturity thereof;
or 
 (4) make any Restricted Investment 

(all such payments and other actions set forth in these clauses (1) through (4) above being collectively
referred to as “Restricted Payments”), unless: 
 (i) at the time of such Restricted Payment no
Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would occur as a consequence of such Restricted Payment; 
 (ii) immediately after giving effect to such Restricted Payment, on a pro forma basis as if such Restricted Payment had been made at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, the Company would
be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in Section 4.09(a); and 
 (iii) such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount of all other Restricted Payments made by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries since November 23,

  
 60 

 
2010 (including Restricted Payments permitted by Section 4.07(b)(1), but excluding all other Restricted Payments permitted by Section 4.07(b), is less than the sum, without duplication,
of: 
 (A) 50% of the Consolidated Net Income of the Company for the period (taken as one accounting period) from
October 1, 2010 to the end of the Company’s most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available at the time of such Restricted Payment (or, if such Consolidated Net Income for such period is a deficit,
less 100% of such deficit); plus  
 (B) 100% of the aggregate Net Cash Proceeds received by the Company
since the November 23, 2010 as a contribution to its common equity capital or from the issue or sale of Qualifying Equity Interests of the Company or from the issue or sale of convertible or exchangeable Disqualified Stock of the Company or
convertible or exchangeable debt securities of the Company, in each case that have been converted into or exchanged for Qualifying Equity Interests of the Company (other than Qualifying Equity Interests and convertible or exchangeable Disqualified
Stock or debt securities sold to a Subsidiary of the Company); plus 
 (C) 100% of the aggregate amount
received in cash and the Fair Market Value of property (other than cash) and marketable securities received by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary after November 23, 2010 by means of (i) the sale or other disposition (other than to the
Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) of Restricted Investments made by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries and repurchases and redemptions of such Restricted Investments from the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries and repayments of loans
or advances which constitute Restricted Investments of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries, (ii) the sale (other than to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) of the Capital Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary and (iii) a
distribution or dividend from an Unrestricted Subsidiary (other than in each case to the extent such Investment constituted a Permitted Investment), in each case to the extent that such amounts were not otherwise included in the Consolidated Net
Income of the Company for such period; plus  
 (D) to the extent that any Restricted Investment that was
made after November 23, 2010 is made in an entity that subsequently becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, the initial amount of such Restricted Investment (or, if less, the amount of cash received upon repayment or sale); plus

 (E) to the extent that any Unrestricted Subsidiary of the Company designated as such after November 23,
2010 is redesignated as a Restricted Subsidiary after November 23, 2010, the lesser of (i) the Fair Market Value of the Company’s Restricted Investment in such Subsidiary as of the date of such redesignation or (ii) the aggregate
amount of the Restricted Investments in such Subsidiary to the extent such Restricted Investments reduced the amount available under this clause (3) and were not previously repaid or otherwise reduced. 

(b) Section 4.07(a) will not prohibit: 
 (1) the payment of any dividend or the consummation of any irrevocable redemption within 60 days after the date of declaration of the dividend or giving of the redemption notice, as the case may be, if at
the date of declaration or notice, the dividend or redemption payment would have complied with the provisions of this Indenture; 

  
 61 

 (2) the making of any Restricted Payment in exchange for, or out of or with
the Net Cash Proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Company) of, Equity Interests of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock) or from the substantially concurrent contribution of common equity capital to
the Company; provided that the amount of any such Net Cash Proceeds that are utilized for any such Restricted Payment will not be considered to be Net Cash Proceeds of Qualifying Equity Interests for purposes of Section 4.07(a)(iii)(B)
and will not be considered to be net cash proceeds from an Equity Offering for purposes of Section 3.07; 

(3) the payment of any dividend (or, in the case of any partnership or limited liability company, any similar
distribution) by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to the holders of its Equity Interests on a pro rata basis; 
 (4) the repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value of Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor that is contractually subordinated to the Notes or to any Note
Guarantee with the Net Cash Proceeds from a substantially concurrent incurrence of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness; 
 (5) the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Equity Interests of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company held by any current or former officer,
director or employee of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to any equity subscription agreement, stock option agreement, shareholders’ agreement or similar agreement; provided that the aggregate price paid for all
such repurchased, redeemed, acquired or retired Equity Interests may not exceed $25.0 million in any calendar year (with any unused amount in any calendar year being carried forward and available in the next succeeding year); provided,
further, that such amount in any twelve-month period may be increased by an amount not to exceed: 
 (a) the
Net Cash Proceeds from the sale of Qualifying Equity Interests of the Company and, to the extent contributed to the Company as common equity capital, the Net Cash Proceeds from the sale of Qualifying Equity Interests of any of the Company’s
direct or indirect parent companies, in each case to members of management, directors or consultants of the Company, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies that occurs after the Issue Date to the extent the Net
Cash Proceeds from the sale of Qualifying Equity Interests have not otherwise been applied to the making of Restricted Payments pursuant to Section 4.07(a)(iii) or Section 4.07(b)(2) or to an optional redemption of Notes pursuant to
Section 3.07; plus 
 (b) the cash proceeds of key man life insurance policies received by the
Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date; and 
 in addition, cancellation of Indebtedness
owing to the Company from any current or former officer, director or employee (or any permitted transferees thereof) of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (or any direct or indirect parent company thereof), in connection with a
repurchase of Equity Interests of the Company from such Persons will not be deemed to constitute a Restricted Payment for purposes of this Section 4.07 or any other provisions of this Indenture); 

(6) the repurchase of Equity Interests (i) deemed to occur upon the exercise of stock options to the extent such
Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise price of those stock 

  
 62 

 
options and (ii) upon the exercise of stock options in an equal or lesser amount to the amount exercised in order to reduce the dilutive effects of such exercise; 

(7) so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the declaration and payment of dividends to
holders of any class or series of Disqualified Stock of the Company or any Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company permitted to be issued on or after the date of this Indenture in accordance with the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio
test described in Section 4.09(a) hereof; 
 (8) payments of cash, dividends, distributions, advances or
other Restricted Payments by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to allow the payment of cash in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares upon (i) the exercise of options or warrants or other securities convertible into or
exercisable for Capital Stock of any such Person or (ii) the conversion or exchange of Capital Stock of any such Person; 
 (9) payments of intercompany subordinated Indebtedness, the Incurrence of which was permitted under Section 4.09(b)(6); 

(10) the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Indebtedness (other than any Permitted
Convertible Indebtedness Call Transaction) of the Company or any Guarantor that is contractually subordinated to the Notes or to any Note Guarantee pursuant to provisions similar to Sections 4.10 and 4.14; provided that prior to consummating,
or concurrently with, any such repurchase, the Company has made any Change of Control Offer or Asset Sale Offer required by this Indenture and has repurchased all Notes validly tendered for payment in connection with such offers; 

(11) the declaration or payment of cash dividends on the Company’s common stock in an amount not to exceed $0.20 per
share in any fiscal quarter (as adjusted so that the aggregate amount payable pursuant to this clause (11) is not increased or decreased solely as a result of any stock-split, stock dividend or similar reclassification) plus the payment of
pro rata dividends on shares subject to issuance pursuant to outstanding options; 
 (12) the
distribution, as a dividend or otherwise, of Equity Interests of, or Indebtedness owed to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary by, Unrestricted Subsidiaries (other than Investments in Capital Stock of or Indebtedness in Permitted Joint Ventures
pursuant to clause (19)(b) of the definition of “Permitted Investments”); 
 (13) the declaration
and payment of dividends or distributions to holders of any class or series of Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries issued after the Issue Date; provided that, immediately after
giving pro forma effect to the issuance of such Preferred Stock (assuming the payment of dividends thereon even if permitted to accrue under the terms thereof), the Company could Incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to
Section 4.09(a); 
 (14) the repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other retirement for value of any
Permitted Convertible Indebtedness of the Company, including any payments required in connection with a conversion of any Permitted Convertible Indebtedness of the Company; 

(15) payments or distributions made in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company; 

  
 63 

 (16) payments made in connection with (including, without limitation,
purchases of) any Permitted Bond Hedge Transaction; 
 (17) payments made (A) to exercise or settle any
Permitted Warrant Transaction (a) by delivery of the Company’s common stock, (b) by set-off against the related Permitted Bond Hedge Transaction or (c) with cash payments in an aggregate amount not to exceed the aggregate amount
of any payments received by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to the exercise or settlement of any related Permitted Bond Hedge Transaction, or (B) to terminate any Permitted Warrant Transaction; and 

(18) so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, other Restricted Payments in an aggregate
amount not to exceed the greater of $500.0 million or 7.5% of Total Assets since the Issue Date. 
 (c) The amount of all
Restricted Payments (or transfer or issuance that would constitute Restricted Payments but for the exclusions from the definition thereof) and Permitted Investments (other than cash) will be the Fair Market Value on the date of the transfer or
issuance of the asset(s) or securities proposed to be transferred or issued by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, pursuant to the Restricted Payment (or transfer or issuance that would constitute a Restricted Payment but
for the exclusions from the definition thereof) or Permitted Investment. 
 Section 4.08 Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions
Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries. 
 (a) The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, to
create or permit to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to: 
 (1) pay dividends or make any other distributions on its Capital Stock to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or pay any indebtedness owed to the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries; 
 (2) make loans or advances to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; or 

(3) sell, lease or transfer any of its properties or assets to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.

 (b) The restrictions in Section 4.08(a) will not apply to encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of:

 (1) agreements in effect at or entered into on the Issue Date; 

(2) this Indenture, the Notes and the Note Guarantees; 

(3) agreements governing other Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under Section 4.09, provided that, except
with respect to any such Incurrence of Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement, in the judgment of the Company, such incurrence will not materially impair the Company’s ability to make payments under the Notes when due (as determined in good
faith by senior management or the Board of Directors of the Company); 
 (4) applicable law, rule, regulation or
order; 

  
 64 

 (5) any instrument governing Indebtedness or Capital Stock of a Person
acquired by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries as in effect at the time of such acquisition (except to the extent such Indebtedness or Capital Stock was incurred in connection with or in contemplation of such acquisition), which
encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person, or the property or assets of the Person, so acquired; provided that, in the case of Indebtedness, such Indebtedness
was permitted by the terms of this Indenture to be incurred; 
 (6) customary non-assignment provisions in
contracts and licenses entered into in the ordinary course of business; 
 (7) Capital Lease Obligations, any
agreement governing Purchase Money Indebtedness, security agreements or mortgages securing Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary to the extent such encumbrance or restriction restricts the transfer of the property subject to such Capital Lease
Obligations, Purchase Money Indebtedness, security agreements or mortgages; 
 (8) any agreement in connection
with the sale or disposition of all or substantially all the Capital Stock or assets of a Restricted Subsidiary that imposes such encumbrance or restriction pending the closing of such sale or disposition; 

(9) Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness; provided that the restrictions contained in the agreements governing such
Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness are not materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, than those contained in the agreements governing the Indebtedness being refinanced; 

(10) Liens permitted to be incurred under Section 4.12 that limit the right of the debtor to dispose of the assets
subject to such Liens; 
 (11) provisions limiting the disposition or distribution of assets or property in joint
venture agreements, asset sale agreements, sale-leaseback agreements, stock sale agreements and other similar agreements (including agreements entered into in connection with a Restricted Investment), which limitation is applicable only to the
assets that are the subject of such agreements; 
 (12) prohibitions, restrictions or conditions on cash or other
deposits or net worth imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business; 

(13) any agreement relating to any Indebtedness Incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary on or prior to the date on which such
Restricted Subsidiary was acquired by the Company (other than Indebtedness Incurred as consideration in, or to provide all or any portion of the funds or credit support utilized to consummate, the transaction or series of related transactions
pursuant to which such Restricted Subsidiary became a Restricted Subsidiary or was acquired by the Company) and outstanding on such date; 
 (14) customary provisions contained in leases, sub-leases, licenses, sub-licenses or similar agreements, including with respect to intellectual property, and other agreements, in each case, entered into
in the ordinary course of business; 
 (15) customary non-assignment provisions in leases governing leasehold
interests to the extent such provisions restrict the transfer of the lease or the property leased thereunder; and 

  
 65 

 (16) any amendment, modification, restatement, renewal, increase,
supplement, refunding, replacement or refinancing of an agreement or arrangement referred to in clauses (1) through (15) of this Section 4.08(b); provided, however, that such amendment, modification, restatement,
renewal, increase, supplement, refunding, replacement or refinancing is not materially more restrictive, as reasonably determined by the Company, with respect to such encumbrances and other restrictions taken as a whole than those prior to such
amendment, modification, restatement, renewal, increase, supplement, refunding, replacement or refinancing. 
 Section 4.09 Incurrence
of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock. 
 (a) The Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary
to, Incur, directly or indirectly, any Indebtedness, and the Company will not issue any Disqualified Stock and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to issue any shares of Preferred Stock; provided, however, that the
Company will be entitled to Incur Indebtedness or issue Disqualified Stock and any Restricted Subsidiary will be entitled to Incur Indebtedness or issue Preferred Stock if, on the date of such Incurrence or issuance and after giving effect thereto
on a pro forma basis, the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio would be at least 2.0 to 1.0. 
 (b) Notwithstanding
Section 4.09(a), the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries will be entitled to Incur any or all of the following Indebtedness (collectively, “Permitted Debt”): 

(1) Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to the Credit Agreement; provided, however, that, immediately after
giving effect to any such Incurrence, the aggregate principal amount of all Indebtedness Incurred under this clause (1) and then outstanding does not exceed $3.4 billion; provided, that the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries can
Incur additional Secured Indebtedness under this clause (1) if, after giving pro forma effect to such Incurrence, the Consolidated Senior Secured Debt Ratio would be no greater than 3.5 to 1.0; 

(2) Indebtedness owed to and held by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that
(i) any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock that results in any such Indebtedness being held by a Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary and (ii) any subsequent transfer of such Indebtedness (other than
to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed, in each case, to constitute the Incurrence of such Indebtedness by the obligor thereon that was not permitted by this clause (2); 

(3) the Notes (including any Note Guarantee but excluding any Additional Notes); 

(4) Indebtedness outstanding on the Issue Date (other than Indebtedness described in clause (1), (2) or (3) of
this Section 4.09(b)); 
 (5) Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary Incurred and outstanding on or prior
to the date on which such Subsidiary was acquired by the Company (other than Indebtedness Incurred in connection with, or to provide all or any portion of the funds or credit support utilized to consummate, the transaction or series of related
transactions pursuant to which such Subsidiary became a Subsidiary or was acquired by the Company); provided, however, that on the date of such acquisition and after giving effect thereto on a pro forma basis, either (i) the
Company would be entitled to Incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the first paragraph of this covenant or (ii) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Company (A) would be at least 1.75 to 1.0 and (B) would be
greater than such Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio immediately prior to such acquisition; 

  
 66 

 (6) Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of Indebtedness Incurred
pursuant to Section 4.09(a) or Sections 4.09(b)(3), (4), (5), (6) or (22); 
 (7) Hedging Obligations
directly related to Indebtedness permitted to be Incurred by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to this Indenture or entered into in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes; 

(8) obligations in respect of worker’s compensation and self insurance and performance, bid, stay, customs, appeal,
replevin and surety bonds and performance and completion guarantees provided by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business; 
 (9) Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft, credit card, purchase card or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary
course of business or other cash management services in the ordinary course of business; provided that (i) such Indebtedness (other than credit or purchase cards) is extinguished within ten business days of notification to the Company of
its incurrence and (ii) such Indebtedness in respect of credit or purchase cards is extinguished within 60 days from its Incurrence; 
 (10) Indebtedness consisting of any Guarantee by (i) the Company or a Guarantor of Indebtedness or other Obligations of the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries, (ii) a Foreign
Subsidiary of Indebtedness or other Obligations of another Foreign Subsidiary or (iii) a Non-Guarantor Subsidiary of Indebtedness or other Obligations of another Non-Guarantor Subsidiary, in each case so long as the Incurrence of such
guaranteed Indebtedness or other obligations by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary is permitted under the terms of this Indenture; provided that if the Indebtedness being guaranteed is subordinated to or pari passu with the
Notes, then the Guarantee must be subordinated or pari passu, as applicable, to the same extent as the Indebtedness guaranteed; 
 (11)(i) Capital Lease Obligations and (ii) Attributable Debt, and Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof, in an aggregate principal amount on the date of Incurrence that, when taken
together with the principal amount of all other Indebtedness then outstanding and Incurred pursuant to this clause (11), does not exceed the greater of $150.0 million or 2.5% of Total Assets; 

(12) Indebtedness of Foreign Subsidiaries and Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries in an aggregate principal amount on the date of
Incurrence that, when taken together with the principal amount of all other Indebtedness then outstanding and Incurred pursuant to this clause (12), does not exceed the greater of $350.0 million or 5.0% of Total Assets; 

(13) Indebtedness Incurred after the Issue Date in respect of Purchase Money Indebtedness and Permitted Refinancing
Indebtedness in respect thereof, in an aggregate principal amount on the date of Incurrence that, when taken together with the principal amount of all other Indebtedness then outstanding and Incurred pursuant to this clause (13), does not exceed the
greater of $250.0 million or 3.0% of Total Assets; 
 (14) Indebtedness of the Company or any of the Restricted
Subsidiaries consisting of (i) the financing of insurance premiums with the providers of such insurance or their affiliates or (i) take-or-pay obligations contained in supply agreements, in each case, in the ordinary course of business;

  
 67 

 (15) Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
supported by a letter of credit issued pursuant to the Credit Agreement in a principal amount not in excess of the stated amount of such letter of credit; 
 (16) Indebtedness in an aggregate amount not to exceed the foreign currency equivalent of the greater of $150.0 million or 2.5% of Total Assets in respect of letters of credit denominated in currencies
other than U.S. dollars; 
 (17) Foreign Jurisdiction Deposits; 

(18) Indebtedness consisting of guarantees of indebtedness or other obligations of joint ventures permitted under clause
(19)(a) of the definition of “Permitted Investments;” 
 (19) Indebtedness Incurred in connection
with judgments, decrees, attachments or awards that do not constitute an Event of Default under Section 6.01(6); 
 (20) Indebtedness in the form of (i) guarantees of loans and advances to officers, directors, consultants and employees, in an aggregate amount not to exceed $20.0 million at any one time
outstanding, and (ii) reimbursements owed to officers, directors, consultants and employees; 
 (21)
Indebtedness consisting of obligations to make payments to current or former officers, directors and employees, their respective estates, spouses or former spouses with respect to the cancellation, purchase or redemption of Equity Interests of the
Company to the extent permitted under Section 4.07(b)(5); 
 (22) Indebtedness of the Company or a Guarantor
incurred in connection with or in contemplation of, or to provide all or any portion of the funds or credit support utilized to consummate, the acquisition by the Company or such Guarantor of property used or useful in a Permitted Business
(including a Product) (whether through the direct purchase of assets or the purchase of Capital Stock of, or merger or consolidation with, any Person owning such assets); provided, however, on the date of such Incurrence and after
giving effect thereto on a pro forma basis, the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio (A) would be at least 1.75 to 1.0 and (B) would be greater than such Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio immediately prior to such Incurrence; 

(23) Non-Recourse Debt; provided, however, that the aggregate principal amount of any such Indebtedness,
when taken together with all other Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this clause (23) and then outstanding, does not exceed the greater of $150.0 million or 2.5% of Total Assets; 

(24) Indebtedness consisting of obligations under any Permitted Convertible Indebtedness Call Transaction; and 

(25) Indebtedness of the Company or of any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in an aggregate principal amount on the date of
Incurrence that, when taken together with all other Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries then outstanding and Incurred pursuant to this clause (25), does not exceed the greater of $350.0 million or 5.0% of Total Assets.

 (c) For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.09: 

  
 68 

 (1) all Indebtedness outstanding under the Credit Agreement on the Issue
Date will be treated as Incurred under clause (1) of the immediately preceding paragraph; 
 (2) in the
event that an item of Indebtedness (or any portion thereof) meets the criteria of more than one of the types of Indebtedness described in Section 4.09, the Company, in its sole discretion, will classify such item of Indebtedness (or any portion
thereof) at the time of Incurrence and will only be required to include the amount and type of such Indebtedness in one of the clauses of Section 4.09(b) (provided that any Indebtedness originally classified as Incurred pursuant to any
of clauses (2) through (25) of Section 4.09(b) may later be reclassified as having been Incurred pursuant to Section 4.09(a) or any other of clauses (2) through (25) of Section 4.09(b) to the extent that such
reclassified Indebtedness could be Incurred pursuant to Section 4.09(a) or one of clauses (2) through (25) of Section 4.09(b), as the case may be, if it were Incurred at the time of such reclassification); 

(3) the Company will be entitled to divide and classify an item of Indebtedness in more than one of the types of
Indebtedness described in Section 4.09; and 
 (4) with respect to Indebtedness permitted under
Section 4.09(b)(4) in respect of Sale Leaseback Transactions that are not Capital Lease Obligations on the Issue Date, any reclassification of such Sale Leaseback Transactions as Capital Lease Obligations shall not be deemed an Incurrence of
Indebtedness for purposes of this covenant. 
 (d) For purposes of determining compliance with any U.S. dollar-denominated
restriction on the incurrence of Indebtedness, the U.S. dollar-equivalent principal amount of Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such Indebtedness was
incurred, in the case of term debt, or first committed, in the case of revolving credit debt; provided that if such Indebtedness is incurred to Refinance other Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency, and such Refinancing would cause
the applicable U.S. dollar denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such Refinancing, such U.S. dollar denominated restriction shall be deemed not to have been exceeded so
long as the principal amount of such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of such Indebtedness being Refinanced. 
 (e) The principal amount of any Indebtedness incurred to Refinance other Indebtedness, if incurred in a different currency from the Indebtedness being Refinanced, shall be calculated based on the currency
exchange rate applicable to the currencies in which such respective Indebtedness is denominated that is in effect on the date of such Refinancing. 
 (f) The Company will not, and will not permit any Guarantor to, directly or indirectly incur any Indebtedness (including Permitted Indebtedness) that is subordinated or junior in right of payment to any
Indebtedness of the Company or such Guarantor, as the case may be, unless such Indebtedness is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or the applicable Note Guarantee to the extent and in the same manner as such Indebtedness is
subordinated to other Indebtedness of the Company or such Guarantor, as the case may be; provided that (i) unsecured Indebtedness shall not be treated as subordinated or junior to any other Indebtedness merely because it is unsecured and
(ii) Indebtedness shall not be treated as subordinated or junior in right of payment to other Indebtedness merely because such Indebtedness has a junior priority with respect to any collateral. 

  
 69 

 Section 4.10 Asset Sales. 

(a) The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, consummate an Asset Sale unless: 

(1) the Company (or the Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be) receives consideration at the time of the Asset Sale at
least equal to the Fair Market Value (measured as of the date of the definitive agreement with respect to such Asset Sale) of the assets or shares of Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary issued or sold or otherwise disposed of; and 

(2) at least 75% of the consideration received in the Asset Sale by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary is in the
form of cash or Cash Equivalents. For purposes of this provision, each of the following will be deemed to be cash: 
 (A) any liabilities, as shown on the Company’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s most recent balance sheet or in the footnotes thereto, of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than
liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the Notes or any Note Guarantee) (i) that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets and for which the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, have been released or
indemnified against further liability or (ii) in respect of which neither the Company nor any Restricted Subsidiary following such Asset Sale has any obligation; 

(B) any securities, notes or other obligations received by the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary from such
transferee that are converted by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary within 180 days into cash, to the extent of the cash received in that conversion; 
 (C) any Designated Noncash Consideration having an aggregate Fair Market Value that, when taken together with all other Designated Noncash Consideration previously received and then outstanding, does not
exceed at the time of the receipt of such Designated Noncash Consideration (with the Fair Market Value of each item of Designated Noncash Consideration being measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value) the
greater of $100.0 million or 1.5% of Total Assets; and 
 (D) any Investment, stock, asset, property or capital
expenditure of the kind referred to in Section 4.10(b)(3). 
 (b) Within one year from the later of the date of an Asset
Sale or the receipt of any Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale, the Company (or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be) may apply such Net Proceeds: 

(1) to prepay, repay, redeem or purchase (i) Indebtedness and other Obligations that are secured by a Lien or
(ii) Indebtedness (other than any Disqualified Capital Stock) and other Obligations of a Non-Guarantor Subsidiary, and, in each case, if the Indebtedness repaid is revolving credit Indebtedness, to correspondingly reduce commitments with
respect thereto; 
 (2) to prepay, repay, redeem or purchase Senior Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor;
provided that, the Company shall (y) apply a pro rata portion (determined and as modified based on the provisions set forth below) of such Net Proceeds to redeem or repurchase the Notes (i) as described in Section 3.07 or
(ii) through open market purchases at a purchase 

  
 70 

 
price not less than 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued but unpaid interest thereon, or (z) make an offer (in accordance with the procedures set forth below) to all holders to
purchase their Notes at a purchase price not less than 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued but unpaid interest thereon (in each case other than Indebtedness or other Obligations owed to the Company or an Affiliate of the Company); or

 (3) to make an Investment in any one or more businesses (provided that if such Investment is in the form of
the acquisition of Capital Stock of a Person, such acquisition results in such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary), to acquire assets or property or to make capital expenditures, in each case (i) used or useful in a Permitted Business or
(ii) that replace the properties and assets that are the subject of such Asset Sale; 
 provided that in the case of
Section 4.10(b)(3), entering into and not abandoning or rejecting a binding commitment to make an investment to satisfy Section 4.10(b)(3) above shall be treated as a permitted application of Net Proceeds from the date of such commitment;
provided that (x) such investment is consummated within 545 days after the later of the receipt of such Net Proceeds or the date of such Asset Sale and (y) if such investment is not consummated within the period set forth in
subclause (x), or otherwise applied as set forth in Section 4.10(b) (1) or (2), the Net Proceeds not so applied will be deemed to constitute Excess Proceeds under Section 4.10(d). 

(c) Pending the final application of any Net Proceeds, the Company (or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary) may temporarily reduce
revolving credit borrowings or otherwise invest the Net Proceeds in any manner that is not prohibited by this Indenture. 
 (d)
Any Net Proceeds from Asset Sales that are not applied or invested as provided in Section 4.10(b) will constitute “Excess Proceeds.” When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds the greater of $100.0 million or 1.5% of
Total Assets, within 30 days thereof, the Company will make an offer (an “Asset Sale Offer”) to all Holders of Notes and all holders of other Senior Indebtedness containing provisions similar to those set forth in this Indenture
with respect to offers to purchase, prepay or redeem with the proceeds of sales of assets to purchase, prepay or redeem the maximum principal amount of Notes and such other Senior Indebtedness (plus all accrued interest on the Indebtedness and the
amount of all fees and expenses, including premiums, incurred in connection therewith) that may be purchased, prepaid or redeemed out of the Excess Proceeds. The offer price in any Asset Sale Offer will be equal to 100% of the principal amount (or
accreted value, if less, or such lesser amount as may be provided by the terms of such other Senior Indebtedness), plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the date of purchase, prepayment or redemption (subject to the
rights of Holders of Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date if the Notes have not been redeemed or repurchased prior to such date), and will be payable in cash. If any Excess Proceeds remain
after consummation of an Asset Sale Offer, the Company may use those Excess Proceeds for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by this Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes and other Senior Indebtedness tendered in (or required to be
prepaid or redeemed in connection with) such Asset Sale Offer exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Trustee will select the Notes and such other Senior Indebtedness to be purchased on a pro rata basis, based on the amounts tendered or
required to be prepaid or redeemed (with such adjustments as may be deemed appropriate by the Company so that only Notes in denominations of $2,000, or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof, will be purchased). Upon completion of each
Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds will be reset at zero. The Company may satisfy the foregoing obligations with respect to any Net Proceeds prior to the expiration of the relevant one year period or with respect to Excess Proceeds of
$100.0 million or less. 

  
 71 

 (e) The Company shall comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and
any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent those laws and regulations are applicable in connection with each repurchase of Notes pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or
regulations conflict with Section 3.09 or this Section 4.10, the Company shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under Section 3.09 or this
Section 4.10 by virtue of such compliance. 
 (f) The provisions under this Indenture relative to the Company’s
obligation to make an Asset Sale Offer may be waived or modified with the consent of the holders of a majority in principal amount of the notes. 
 Section 4.11 Transactions with Affiliates. 
 (a) The Company will not,
and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any payment to or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any
transaction, contract, agreement, understanding, loan, or advance with or guarantee for the benefit of, any Affiliate of the Company (each, an “Affiliate Transaction”) involving aggregate payments or consideration in excess of $10.0
million, unless: 
 (1) the Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are not materially less favorable to the
Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person; and 

(2) the Company delivers to the Trustee with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate
Transactions involving aggregate payments or consideration in excess of $50.0 million, a resolution adopted by the majority of the Board of Directors of the Company approving such Affiliate Transaction and set forth in an Officers’ Certificate
certifying that such Affiliate Transaction has been approved by a majority of the Board of Directors of the Company and complies with Section 4.11(a)(1). 
 (b) The following items will not be deemed to be Affiliate Transactions and, therefore, will not be subject to Section 4.11(a): 

(1) any employment or consulting agreement, incentive agreement, employee benefit plan, severance agreement, officer or
director indemnification agreement or any similar arrangement entered into by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business or approved by the Board of Directors of the Company and payments pursuant thereto;

 (2) transactions between or among the Company and/or its Restricted Subsidiaries; 

(3) transactions with any Person that is an Affiliate of the Company solely because the Company owns, directly or through
a Restricted Subsidiary, an Equity Interest in, or controls, such Person; 
 (4) payment of reasonable fees or
other reasonable compensation to, provision of customary benefits or indemnification agreements to, and the reimbursements of expenses (pursuant to indemnity arrangements or otherwise) of officers, directors, employees or consultants of the Company
or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; 

  
 72 

 (5) any issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the
Company; 
 (6) Restricted Payments (or transfers or issuances that would constitute Restricted Payments but for
exclusions from the definition thereof) that do not violate Section 4.07 hereof and Permitted Investments; 

(7) loans or advances to employees in the ordinary course of business of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries not to
exceed $50.0 million in the aggregate at any one time outstanding; 
 (8) any agreement as in effect on the Issue
Date and described in the Offering Memorandum (or described in a document incorporated by reference in the Offering Memorandum as of the original Issue Date) or any renewals or extensions of any such agreement (so long as such renewals or extensions
are not less favorable in any material respect to the Company or the Restricted Subsidiaries) and the transactions evidenced thereby; 
 (9) transactions in which the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, delivers to the trustee a letter from an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm of national standing
stating that such transaction meets the requirements of Section 4.11(a)(1); 
 (10) transactions with
customers, clients, suppliers, or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, in each case in the ordinary course of business and otherwise in compliance with the terms hereof which are fair to the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries, in the
reasonable determination of the Board of Directors of the Company or the senior management thereof, or are on terms at least as favorable as might reasonably have been obtained at such time from an unaffiliated party (as determined by the Board of
Directors of the Company or the senior management thereof in good faith); 
 (11) transactions in the ordinary
course with (i) Unrestricted Subsidiaries or (ii) joint ventures in which the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company holds or acquires an ownership interest (whether by way of Capital Stock or otherwise) so long as the terms of any such
transactions are no less favorable to the Company or any Subsidiary participating in such joint ventures than they are to other joint venture partners; 
 (12) the existence of, or the performance by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of its obligations under the terms of, any limited liability company agreement, limited partnership or other
organizational documents or stockholders agreement (including any registration rights agreement or purchase agreement related thereto) to which it is a party as of the Issue Date and any similar agreements which it may enter into thereafter;
provided, however, that the existence of, or the performance by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of obligations under any future amendment to any such existing agreement or under any similar agreement entered into after the
Issue Date shall only be permitted by this clause (12) to the extent that the terms of any such amendment or new agreement, taken as a whole, is no less favorable to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries than the agreement in effect on
the Issue Date (as determined by the Board of Directors of the Company or the senior management thereof in good faith); 
 (13) the provision of services to directors or officers of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of the nature provided by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to customers in the
ordinary course of business; 

  
 73 

 (14) transactions undertaken in good faith for the purpose of improving the
consolidated tax efficiency of the Company and its Subsidiaries; and 
 (15) any Incurrence of Indebtedness
permitted by Section 4.09. 
 Section 4.12 Liens. 
 The Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, Incur or permit to exist any Lien (the “Initial Lien”) of any nature whatsoever on any of
its properties (including Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary), whether owned at the Issue Date or thereafter acquired, securing any Indebtedness, other than Permitted Liens, without effectively providing that the Notes shall be secured equally
and ratably with (or prior to) the obligations so secured for so long as such obligations are so secured. 
 Any Lien created
for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes pursuant to the preceding sentence shall provide by its terms that such Lien shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged upon the release and discharge of the Initial Lien.

 Section 4.13 Corporate Existence. 
 Subject to Article 5 hereof, the Company will do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its existence as a corporation. 

Section 4.14 Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control. 
 (a) If a Change of Control Repurchase Event occurs, each Holder of Notes will have the right to require the Company to repurchase all or any part (equal to $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in
excess thereof) of that Holder’s Notes pursuant to a Change of Control offer (a “Change of Control Offer”) on the terms set forth herein. In the Change of Control Offer, the Company will offer a Change of Control payment in
cash equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes repurchased, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes repurchased to the date of purchase (subject to the rights of Holders of Notes on the relevant
record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date if the Notes have not been redeemed or repurchased prior to such date) (the “Change of Control Payment”). 

(b) Within 30 days following any Change of Control Repurchase Event, the Company will mail a notice to each Holder describing the
transaction or transactions that constitute the Change of Control Repurchase Event and stating: 
 (1) that the
Change of Control Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 4.14 and that all Notes tendered will be accepted for payment; 
 (2) the purchase price and the purchase date, which shall be no earlier than 30 days and no later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed (the “Change of Control Payment Date”);

 (3) that any Note not tendered will continue to accrue interest; 

(4) that, unless the Company defaults in the payment of the Change of Control Payment, any Notes accepted for payment
pursuant to the Change of Control Offer shall cease to accrue interest after the Change of Control Payment Date; 

  
 74 

 (5) that Holders electing to have any Notes purchased pursuant to a Change
of Control Offer will be required to surrender the Notes, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” attached to the Notes completed, or transfer by book-entry transfer, to the Paying Agent at the address specified in the
notice prior to the close of business on the third Business Day preceding the Change of Control Payment Date; 

(6) that Holders will be entitled to withdraw their election if the Paying Agent receives, not later than the close of
business on the second Business Day preceding the Change of Control Payment Date, a facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of Notes delivered for purchase, and a statement that such Holder is
withdrawing his election to have the Notes purchased; and 
 (7) that Holders whose Notes are being purchased
only in part will be issued new Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, which unpurchased portion must be equal to $2,000 in principal amount or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof.

 (c) The Company shall comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and
regulations thereunder to the extent those laws and regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Notes as a result of a Change in Control Repurchase Event. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or
regulations conflict with the provisions of this Section 4.14, the Company shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this Section 4.14 by virtue of such
compliance. 
 (d) On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Company will, to the extent lawful: 

(1) accept for payment all Notes or portions of Notes properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer;

 (2) deposit with the Paying Agent an amount equal to the Change of Control Payment in respect of all Notes or
portions of Notes properly tendered; and 
 (3) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes
properly accepted together with an Officers’ Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions of Notes being purchased by the Company. 
 The Paying Agent will promptly mail to each Holder of Notes properly tendered the Change of Control Payment for such Notes, and the Trustee will promptly authenticate and mail (or cause to be transferred
by book entry) to each Holder a new Note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, if any. The Company will publicly announce the results of the Change of Control Offer on or as soon as practicable after the
Change of Control Payment Date. 
 (e) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 4.14, the Company will not
be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of Control Repurchase Event if (1) a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in this
Section 4.14 and purchases all Notes properly tendered and not withdrawn under the Change of Control Offer, or (2) notice of redemption has been given pursuant to Section 3.07 hereof, unless and until there is a default in payment of
the applicable redemption price. 
 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, a Change of Control Offer may be
made in advance of a Change of Control Repurchase Event, conditioned upon the consummation of such 

  
 75 

 
Change of Control Repurchase Event, if a definitive agreement is in place for the Change of Control Repurchase Event at the time the Change of Control Offer is made. 

Section 4.15 No Amendment to Subordination Provisions. 
 Without the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, the Company will not amend, modify or alter the Convertible Senior
Subordinated Notes Indenture in any way to: 
 (a) increase the rate of or change the time for payment of interest on any
Convertible Senior Subordinated Notes; 
 (b) increase the principal of, advance the final maturity date of or shorten the
Weighted Average Life to Maturity of any Convertible Senior Subordinated Notes; 
 (c) alter the redemption provisions or the
price or terms at which the Company is required to offer to purchase any Convertible Senior Subordinated Notes; or 
 (d) amend
the provisions of Article 6 of the Convertible Senior Subordinated Notes Indenture (which relate to subordination). 
 Section 4.16
Limitation on Sale Leaseback Transactions. 
 The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
to, enter into any Sale Leaseback Transaction with respect to any asset; provided that the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary may enter into a Sale and Leaseback Transaction if: 

(a) the Company or that Restricted Subsidiary would be entitled to (i) Incur Indebtedness in an amount equal to the Attributable
Debt relating to such Sale and Leaseback Transaction under Section 4.09(a) and (ii) create a Lien on such property securing such Attributable Debt without equally and ratably securing the Notes pursuant to Section 4.12; 

(b) the gross cash proceeds received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with such Sale and Leaseback Transaction
are at least equal to the Fair Market Value of such property; and 
 (c) the Company applies the proceeds of such transaction in
compliance with Section 4.10 hereof. 
 Section 4.17 Payments for Consent. 

The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any
consideration to or for the benefit of any Holder of Notes for or as an inducement to any consent, waiver or amendment of any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture or the Notes unless such consideration is paid to all Holders of the Notes
that so consent, waive or agree to amend in the time frame set forth in the solicitation documents relating to such consent, waiver or agreement. 

  
 76 

 Section 4.18 Additional Note Guarantees. 

If any Subsidiary of the Company that is not a Guarantor becomes a guarantor or obligor in respect of any Triggering Indebtedness, within
10 business days of such event the Company will cause such Subsidiary to enter into a supplemental indenture pursuant to which such Subsidiary shall agree to Guarantee the Company’s Obligations under the Notes fully and unconditionally and on a
senior basis. The form of such supplemental indenture is attached as Exhibit F hereto. 
 The Company also may, at any time,
cause a Subsidiary to become a Guarantor by executing and delivering a supplemental indenture providing for the Guarantee of payment of the Notes by such Subsidiary on the basis provided above. 

Section 4.19 Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries. 

The Company may designate after the Issue Date any Subsidiary (including any newly acquired or newly formed Subsidiary) as an
“Unrestricted Subsidiary” under this Indenture (a “Designation”) only if: 
 (a) no Default or Event
of Default has occurred and is continuing after giving effect to such Designation; 
 (b) the Subsidiary to be so designated and
its Subsidiaries do not at the time of Designation own any Capital Stock or Indebtedness of, or own or hold any Lien on any Property of, the Company or any other Subsidiary of the Company that is not a Subsidiary of the Subsidiary so designated;

 (c) the Subsidiary to be so designated and its Subsidiaries do not at the time of Designation have and do not thereafter
Incur any Indebtedness pursuant to which the lender has recourse to any of the assets of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; and 
 (d) either (x) the Subsidiary to be so designated has total consolidated assets of $1,000 or less or (y) if such Subsidiary has consolidated assets greater than $1,000, then such Designation
would be permitted under Section 4.07. 
 The Company may revoke any Designation of a Subsidiary as an Unrestricted
Subsidiary (a “Revocation”) only if, immediately after giving effect such Revocation: 
 (e) (x) the Company
could Incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness under Section 4.09(a) or (y) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Company would be greater than immediately prior to such Revocation, in each case on a pro forma basis taking
into account such Revocation; 
 (f) all Liens of such Unrestricted Subsidiary outstanding immediately following such Revocation
would, if Incurred at such time, have been permitted to be Incurred for all purposes of this Indenture; and 
 (g) no Default or
Event of Default has occurred and is continuing after giving effect to such Revocation. 
 Each Designation and Revocation must
be evidenced by promptly delivering to the Trustee a board resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company giving effect to such Designation or Revocation, as the case may be, and an Officers’ Certificate certifying compliance with the
preceding 

  
 77 

 
provisions. A Revocation will be deemed to be an Incurrence of Indebtedness by a Restricted Subsidiary of any outstanding Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary. 

Section 4.20 Fall Away Event 
 In the event of the occurrence of a Fall Away Event (and notwithstanding the failure of the Company subsequently to maintain an Investment Grade Rating): 

(a) Sections 4.07, 4.08, 4.09, 410, 4.11, 4.16(a)(i), 4.16(c), 4.19 and 5.01(d) shall each no longer be in effect for the remaining term
of the applicable Notes; and 
 (b) Section 4.12 hereof shall be replaced in its entirety with the following covenant:

 “(a) The Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly,
Incur or permit to exist any Lien (the “Initial Lien”) of any nature whatsoever on any Restricted Property securing any Indebtedness, other than Permitted Liens, without effectively providing that the Notes shall be secured equally and
ratably with (or prior to) the obligations so secured for so long as such obligations are so secured. Any Lien created for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes pursuant to the preceding sentence shall provide by its terms that such Lien shall be
automatically and unconditionally released and discharged upon the release and discharge of the Initial Lien. 

(b) Notwithstanding the restrictions described above, the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries may, directly or
indirectly, Incur or permit to exist any Lien that would otherwise be subject to the restrictions set forth in the immediately preceding paragraph without effectively providing that the Notes shall be secured equally and ratably with (or prior to)
the obligations so secured if, at the time of such Incurrence or permission, after giving effect thereto and to the retirement of any Secured Indebtedness which is concurrently being retired, the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Secured
Indebtedness which would otherwise be subject to such restrictions (not including Permitted Liens) plus all Attributable Debt of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of Sale Leaseback Transactions with respect to any Restricted
Property, does not exceed 15% of Total Assets.” 
 (c) the following definition shall be added to Section 1.01 in
alphabetical order: 
 “Restricted Property” means (a) any manufacturing facility (or
portion thereof) owned or leased by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary and located within the continental United States that, in the good faith opinion of the Company’s Board of Directors, is of material importance to the Company’s
business taken as a whole, but no such manufacturing facility (or portion thereof) shall be deemed of material importance if its gross book value of property, plant and equipment (before deducting accumulated depreciation) is less than 2% of the
Company’s Total Assets measured as of the end of the most recent quarter for which financial statements are available; or (b) any Capital Stock of any Subsidiary of the Company owning a manufacturing facility (or a portion thereof) covered
by clause (a). As used in this definition, “manufacturing facility” means property, plant and equipment used for actual manufacturing and for activities directly related to manufacturing such as quality assurance, engineering,
maintenance, staging areas for work in process administration, employees, eating and comfort facilities and manufacturing administration, and it excludes sales offices, research facilities and facilities used only for warehousing, distribution or
general administration.”; and 

  
 78 

 (d) the definition of “Permitted Liens” shall be replaced in its entirety with the
following definition: 
 “Permitted Liens” means: 

(1) Liens existing on the Fall Away Date; 

(2) Liens in favor of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary; 

(3) Liens on any property existing at the time of the acquisition thereof; 

(4) Liens on any property of a Person or its subsidiaries existing at the time such Person is consolidated with or merged
into the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, or Liens on any property of a Person existing at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary; 
 (5) Liens to secure all or part of the cost of acquisition (including Liens created as a result of an acquisition by way of Capital Lease Obligation), construction, development or improvement of the
underlying property, or to secure Indebtedness incurred to provide funds for any such purposes, provided, that the commitment of the creditor to extend the credit secured by any such Lien shall have been obtained not later than 18 months after the
later of (A) the completion of the acquisition, construction, development or improvement of such property and (B) the placing in operation of such property or of such property as so constructed, developed or improved; 

(6) Liens securing industrial revenue, pollution control or similar bonds; and 

(7) any extension, renewal or replacement (including successive extensions, renewals and replacements), in whole or in
part, of any Lien referred to in any of clauses (1), (3), (4) or (5) that would not otherwise be permitted pursuant to any of clauses (1) through (6), to the extent that (A) the principal amount of Indebtedness secured thereby
and not otherwise permitted to be secured pursuant to any of clauses (1) through (6) does not exceed the principal amount of Indebtedness, plus any premium or fee payable in connection with any such extension, renewal or replacement, so
secured at the time of any such extension, renewal or replacement and (B) the property that is subject to the Lien serving as an extension, renewal or replacement is limited to some or all of the property that was subject to the Lien so
extended, renewed or replaced. 
 ARTICLE 5 
 SUCCESSORS 
 Section 5.01 Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets. 

The Company shall not: (1) consolidate with or merge with or into another Person (whether or not the Company is the surviving
corporation); or (2) directly or indirectly, sell, assign, transfer, convey, lease or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole, in one or more related
transactions, to another Person, unless: 
 (a) either: 

(1) the Company is the surviving corporation; or 

  
 79 

 (2) the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if
other than the Company) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance, lease or other disposition has been made is an entity organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state of the United States or the District of
Columbia; and, if such entity is not a corporation, a co-obligor of the Notes is a corporation organized or existing under any such laws; 
 (b) the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Company) or the Person to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance, lease or other disposition has been
made assumes all the obligations of the Company under the Notes, this Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement pursuant to agreements reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee; 

(c) immediately after such transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists; 

(d) the Company or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Company), or to which such sale,
assignment, transfer, conveyance, lease or other disposition has been made would, on the date of such transaction after giving pro forma effect thereto and any related financing transactions as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the
applicable four-quarter period, (i) be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in Section 4.09(a); or (ii) have had a Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio greater
than the actual Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Company for such four-quarter period; and 
 (e) the Company shall have
delivered to the trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an opinion of counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indenture (if any) comply with this Indenture. 

This Section 5.01 will not apply to any sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance, lease or other disposition of assets between or
among the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries. Section 5.01(c) and (d) will not apply to any merger or consolidation of the Company (1) with or into one of its Restricted Subsidiaries for any purpose or (2) with or into an
Affiliate solely for the purpose of reincorporating the Company in another jurisdiction. 
 The Person formed by or surviving
any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Company) or the Person to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance, lease or other disposition has been made will be the successor to the Company and shall succeed to, and be substituted
for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Company under this Indenture, and the Company, except in the case of a lease, shall be released from the obligation to pay the principal of and interest on the Notes. 

Section 5.02 Successor Corporation Substituted. 
 Upon any consolidation or merger, or any sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Company in a transaction that is
subject to, and that complies with the provisions of, Section 5.01 hereof, the successor Person formed by such consolidation or into or with which the Company is merged or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other
disposition is made shall succeed to, and be substituted for (so that from and after the date of such consolidation, merger, sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition, the provisions of this Indenture referring to the
“Company” shall refer instead to the successor Person and not to the Company), and may exercise every right and power of the Company under this Indenture with the same effect as if such successor Person had been named as the Company
herein; provided, however, that the predecessor Company shall not be relieved from the obligation to pay the principal of, premium on, if any, and interest and Additional Interest, if any, on, the Notes except in

  
 80 

 
the case of a sale of all of the Company’s assets in a transaction that is subject to, and that complies with the provisions of, Section 5.01 hereof. 

ARTICLE 6 

DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES 

Section 6.01 Events of Default. 
 Each of the following is an “Event of Default”: 

(1) default for 30 days in the payment when due of interest and Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes; 

(2) default in the payment when due (at maturity, upon redemption or otherwise) of the principal of, or premium, if any,
on the Notes; 
 (3) failure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to comply with
(i) Sections 4.14(d)(1) and 4.14(d)(2) and (ii) Article V and Section 10.04; 
 (4) failure by the
Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to comply with any of the other agreements in this Indenture (other than a failure that is the subject of clause (1), (2) or (3)) for 60 days after receipt by the Company of written notice of
such failure from the Trustee (or receipt by the Company and the Trustee of written notice of such failure from the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding voting as a single class); 

(5) one or more defaults shall have occurred under any of the agreements, indentures or instruments under which the
Company or any Significant Subsidiary has outstanding Indebtedness in excess of $100.0 million, individually or in the aggregate, and either (a) such default results from the failure to pay such Indebtedness at its stated final maturity and
such default has not been cured or the Indebtedness repaid in full within 20 days of the default or (b) such default or defaults have resulted in the acceleration of the maturity of such Indebtedness and such acceleration has not been rescinded
or such Indebtedness repaid in full within 20 days of the acceleration; 
 (6) one or more judgments or orders
that exceed $100.0 million in the aggregate (net of amounts covered by insurance or bonded) for the payment of money have been entered by a court or courts of competent jurisdiction against the Company or any Significant Subsidiary and such judgment
or judgments have not been satisfied, stayed, annulled or rescinded within 60 days after such judgment or judgments become final and nonappealable; 
 (7) the Company or any Significant Subsidiary: 
 (A) commences a
voluntary insolvency proceeding, 
 (B) consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary
insolvency proceeding, 
 (C) consents to the appointment of a Bankruptcy Custodian of it or for all or
substantially all of its property, 

  
 81 

 (D) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors, or

 (E) generally is not paying its debts as they become due; 

provided, however, that the liquidation of any Restricted Subsidiary into another Restricted Subsidiary, other than as part of a credit
reorganization, shall not constitute an Event of Default under this Section 6.01(7); 
 (8) a court of
competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that: 
 (A) is for relief against the
Company or any Significant Subsidiary in an involuntary insolvency proceeding; 
 (B) appoints a Bankruptcy
Custodian of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary for all or substantially all of the property of the Company a Significant Subsidiary; or 
 (C) orders the liquidation of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary; 
 and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive days; and 
 (9) any Note Guarantee by a Significant Subsidiary shall for any reason cease to be, or shall for any reason be held in any judicial proceeding not to be, or asserted in writing by any such Guarantor or
the Company not to be, in full force and effect and enforceable in accordance with its terms, except to the extent contemplated by this Indenture and any such Note Guarantee, and any such Default continues for ten days. 

Section 6.02 Acceleration. 
 If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(7) and 6.01(8) hereof with respect to the Company) shall have occurred and be continuing, either the Trustee or the
Holders of at least 25% of the outstanding principal amount of the Notes may declare to be immediately due and payable the principal amount of all such Notes then outstanding, plus accrued but unpaid interest to the date of acceleration. Upon the
effectiveness of such a declaration, such principal, premium, accrued and unpaid interest (including Additional Interest), and other monetary obligations shall be due and payable immediately. If an Event of Default specified in Sections 6.01(7) and
6.01(8) hereof with respect to the Company shall occur, such amounts with respect to all the Notes shall become automatically due and payable immediately without any further action or notice. After any such acceleration, but before a judgment or
decree based on acceleration is obtained by the applicable person, the registered Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes may cancel such acceleration if (i) the rescission would not conflict with any judgment or
decree and (ii) if all existing Events of Default have been cured or waived except nonpayment of principal, that has become due solely because of the acceleration. No such rescission shall affect any subsequent Default or impair any right
consequent thereto. 
 If an Event of Default occurs on or after July 15, 2016 by reason of any willful action (or
inaction) taken (or not taken) by or on behalf of the Company with the intention of avoiding payment of the premium that the Company would have had to pay if the Company then had elected to redeem the Notes pursuant to Section 3.07 hereof,
then, upon acceleration of the Notes, an equivalent premium shall also become and be immediately due and payable, to the extent permitted by law, anything in this 

  
 82 

 
Indenture or in the Notes to the contrary notwithstanding. If an Event of Default occurs prior to July 15, 2016 by reason of any willful action (or inaction) taken (or not taken) by or on
behalf of the Company with the intention of avoiding the prohibition on redemption of the Notes prior to such date, then upon acceleration of the Notes, the “Applicable Premium” will also become and be immediately due and payable, to the
extent permitted by law. 
 Section 6.03 Other Remedies. 
 If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy to collect the payment of principal of, premium on, if any, or interest or Additional Interest, if any, on, the
Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture. 
 The Trustee may maintain a proceeding
even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Holder of a Note in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right
or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. All remedies are cumulative to the extent permitted by law. 
 Subject to the duties of the Trustee to act with the required standard of care, if there is a continuing Event of Default, the Trustee need not exercise any of its rights or powers under this Indenture at
the written request or direction of any of the Holders of Notes, unless such Holders have offered to the Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee. Subject to such provisions for security or indemnification of the Trustee and certain
other conditions, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes will have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power
the Trustee holds with respect to the Notes. 
 Section 6.04 Waiver of Past Defaults 

The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by written notice to the Trustee may, on behalf of
the Holders of all of the Notes waive any existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences hereunder, except a continuing Default or Event of Default in the payment of principal of, premium on, if any, or interest or Additional Interest, if
any, on, the Notes; provided, however, that the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may rescind an acceleration and its consequences, including any related payment default that resulted from such
acceleration. Upon any such waiver, such Default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured for every purpose of this Indenture; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other
Default or impair any right consequent thereon. 
 Section 6.05 Control by Majority. 

Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any
proceeding for exercising any remedy available to the Trustee. However, the Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture or that the Trustee determines may be unduly prejudicial to the rights of other Holders
of Notes or that may involve the Trustee in personal liability. 
 Section 6.06 Limitation on Suits. 

No Holder of any Note will have any right to institute any proceeding with respect to this Indenture or for any remedy unless: 

  
 83 

 (a) the Trustee has failed to institute such proceeding for 60 days after the Holder has
previously given to the Trustee written notice of a continuing Event of Default with respect to the Notes; 
 (b) the Holders of
at least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes have made a written request to the trustee, and offered indemnity or security satisfactory to the Trustee, to institute such proceeding as trustee; and 

(c) the Trustee has not received from the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes a direction inconsistent
with such request. 
 Section 6.07 Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment. 

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the Holder of any Note will have an absolute and unconditional right to receive
payment of the principal of, and any premium on, if any, or interest or Additional Interest, if any, on such Note, on or after the date or dates they are to be paid as expressed in such Note and to institute suit for the enforcement of any such
payment. 
 Section 6.08 Collection Suit by Trustee. 
 If an Event of Default in payment of principal, premium or interest specified in Section 6.01(1) or (2) hereof occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may recover judgment in its own name and as
trustee of an express trust against the Company (or any other obligor on the Notes) for the whole amount of unpaid principal and accrued interest and Additional Interest remaining unpaid. 
 Section 6.09 Trustee May File Proofs of Claim. 
 The Trustee is
authorized to file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the compensation (as agreed in writing by the Company and the Trustee),
expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and the Holders of the Notes allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Company (or any other obligor upon the Notes), its creditors or its property and shall be
entitled and empowered to collect, receive and distribute any money or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and any custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the
Trustee, and in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the compensation(as agreed in writing by the Company and the Trustee), expenses,
disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under this Indenture. To the extent that the payment of any such compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents
and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under this Indenture out of the estate in any such proceeding, shall be denied for any reason, payment of the same shall be secured by a Lien on, and shall be paid out of, any and all distributions,
dividends, money, securities and other properties that the Holders may be entitled to receive in such proceeding whether in liquidation or under any plan of reorganization or arrangement or otherwise. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to
authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in
respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding. 

  
 84 

 Section 6.10 Priorities. 

If the Trustee collects any money pursuant to this Article 6, it shall pay out the money in the following order: 

First: to the Trustee, its agents and attorneys for amounts due under this Indenture, including payment of all
compensation, expenses and liabilities incurred, and all advances made, by the Trustee and the costs and expenses of collection; 
 Second: to Holders of Notes for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, and interest and Additional Interest, if any, ratably, without preference or priority of any
kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, and interest and Additional Interest, if any, respectively; and 
 Third: to the Company or to such party as a court of competent jurisdiction shall direct. 
 The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Holders of Notes pursuant to this Section 6.10. 
 Section 6.11 Undertaking for Costs. 
 In any suit for the enforcement
of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as a Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs
of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party
litigant. This Section 6.11 does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder of a Note pursuant to Section 6.07 hereof, or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes.

 ARTICLE 7 
 TRUSTEE 
 Section 7.01 Duties of Trustee. 

(a) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee will exercise such of the rights and powers expressly vested in it
by this Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such person’s own affairs. 

(b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default: 

(1) the duties of the Trustee will be determined solely by the express provisions of this Indenture and the Trustee need
perform only those duties that are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no others, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and 

(2) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the
correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this 

  
 85 

 
Indenture. However, the Trustee will examine the certificates and opinions to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture. 

(c) The Trustee may not be relieved from liabilities for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful
misconduct, except that: 
 (1) this paragraph does not limit the effect of paragraph (b) of this
Section 7.01; 
 (2) the Trustee will not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith, by a
Responsible Officer, unless it is proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and 

(3) the Trustee will not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a
direction received by it under this Indenture. 
 (d) Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this
Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to paragraphs (a), (b), and (c) of this Section 7.01. 

(e) No provision of this Indenture will require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or incur any liability. The Trustee will be
under no obligation to exercise any of its rights and powers under this Indenture at the request of any Holders, unless such Holder has offered to the Trustee security and indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense.

 (f) The Trustee will not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with
the Company. Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. 

Section 7.02 Rights of Trustee. 
 (a) The Trustee may conclusively rely upon any document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper Person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated
in the document. 
 (b) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officers’ Certificate or an
Opinion of Counsel or both. The Trustee will not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such Officers’ Certificate or Opinion of Counsel. The Trustee may consult with counsel and the advice of such
counsel or any Opinion of Counsel will be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon. 

(c) The Trustee may act through its attorneys and agents and will not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any agent
appointed with due care. 
 (d) The Trustee will not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith that it
believes to be authorized or within the rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture. 
 (e) Unless otherwise
specifically provided in this Indenture, any demand, request, direction or notice from the Company will be sufficient if signed by an Officer of the Company. 

  
 86 

 (f) The Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers under
this Indenture at the request of any Holders of Notes unless such Holders have offered to the Trustee indemnity or security satisfactory to it against any losses, liabilities or expenses. 

(g) In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for special, indirect, punitive or consequential loss or damage of any kind
whatsoever (including, but not limited to, loss of profit) irrespective of whether the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action. 

(h) The Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice of any Default or Event of Default unless a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has
actual knowledge thereof or unless written notice of any event which is in fact such a default is received by the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and such notice references the Notes and this Indenture. 

(i) The Trustee may request that the Company deliver a certificate setting forth the names of individuals and/or titles of officers
authorized at such time to take specified actions pursuant to this Indenture. 
 (j) The rights, privileges, protections,
immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including, without limitation, its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder, and each agent, custodian and other Person
employed to act hereunder. 
 (k) The Trustee shall not be required to give any bond or surety in respect of the performance of
its powers and duties hereunder. 
 Section 7.03 Individual Rights of Trustee. 

The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Company or
any Affiliate of the Company with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. If the Trustee becomes a creditor of the Company or any Guarantor, this Indenture limits the right of the Trustee to obtain payment of claims in certain cases,
or to realize on certain property received in respect of any such claim as security or otherwise. The trustee will be permitted to engage in other transactions; however, if it acquires any conflicting interest it must eliminate such conflict within
90 days, apply to the SEC for permission to continue as trustee (if this Indenture has been qualified under the TIA) or resign. Any Agent may do the same with like rights and duties. The Trustee is also subject to Sections 7.10 and 7.11 hereof.

 Section 7.04 Trustee’s Disclaimer. 
 The Trustee will not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture or the Notes, it shall not be accountable for the Company’s use of the proceeds
from the Notes or any money paid to the Company or upon the Company’s direction under any provision of this Indenture, it will not be responsible for the use or application of any money received by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee,
acting in such capacity, and it will not be responsible for any statement or recital herein or any statement in the Notes or any other document in connection with the sale of the Notes or pursuant to this Indenture other than its certificate of
authentication. 

  
 87 

 Section 7.05 Notice of Defaults. 

If a Default or Event of Default occurs and is continuing and if it is known to the Trustee, the Trustee will mail to Holders of Notes a
notice of the Default or Event of Default within 90 days after it occurs. Except in the case of a Default or Event of Default in payment of principal of, premium on, if any, or interest or Additional Interest, if any, on, any Note, the Trustee may
withhold the notice if and so long as it in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interests of the Holders of the Notes. 

Section 7.06 Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Notes. 
 (a) Within 90 days after each May 15 beginning with the May 15 following the date of this Indenture, and for so long as Notes remain outstanding, the Trustee will mail to the Holders of the
Notes a brief report dated as of such reporting date that complies with TIA §313(a) (but if no event described in TIA §313(a) has occurred within the twelve months preceding the reporting date, no report need be transmitted). The Trustee
also will comply with TIA §313(b)(2). The Trustee will also transmit by mail all reports as required by TIA §313(c). 

(b) A copy of each report at the time of its mailing to the Holders of Notes will be mailed by the Trustee to the Company and filed by
the Trustee with the SEC and each stock exchange on which the Notes are listed in accordance with TIA §313(d). The Company will promptly notify the Trustee when the Notes are listed on any stock exchange. 

Section 7.07 Compensation and Indemnity. 
 (a) The Company will pay to the Trustee from time to time compensation, as agreed in writing between the Company and the Trustee, for its acceptance of this Indenture and services hereunder and/or under
the Escrow Agreement. The Trustee’s compensation will not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Company will reimburse the Trustee promptly upon request for all reasonable disbursements, advances and
expenses incurred or made by it in addition to the compensation for its services. Such expenses will include the compensation, as agreed in writing by the Company and the Trustee, and reasonable disbursements and expenses of the Trustee’s
agents and counsel. 
 (b) The Company and the Guarantors will indemnify the Trustee against any and all losses, claims,
damages, expenses, fees, liabilities or expenses incurred by it arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of its duties under this Indenture and/or the Escrow Agreement, including the costs and expenses (including
attorneys fees and expenses) of enforcing this Indenture against the Company and the Guarantors (including this Section 7.07) and defending itself against any claim (whether asserted by the Company, the Guarantors, any Holder or any other
Person) or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder, except to the extent any such loss, liability or expense may be attributable to its negligence or bad faith. The Trustee will notify the
Company promptly of any claim for which it may seek indemnity. Failure by the Trustee to so notify the Company will not relieve the Company or any of the Guarantors of their obligations hereunder. The Company or such Guarantor will defend the claim
and the Trustee will cooperate in the defense. The Trustee may have separate counsel and the Company will pay the reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel. Neither the Company nor any Guarantor need pay for any settlement made without its
consent, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld. 
 (c) The obligations of the Company and the Guarantors under this
Section 7.07 will survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture. 

  
 88 

 (d) To secure the Company’s and the Guarantors’ payment obligations in this
Section 7.07, the Trustee will have a Lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee, except that held in trust to pay principal of, premium on, if any, or interest or Additional Interest, if any, on,
particular Notes. Such Lien will survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture. 
 (e) When the Trustee incurs
expenses or renders services after an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(8) hereof occurs, the expenses and the compensation for the services (including the fees and expenses of its agents and counsel) are intended to constitute
expenses of administration under any Bankruptcy Law. 
 (f) The Trustee will comply with the provisions of TIA §313(b)(2)
to the extent applicable. 
 (g) The Trustee shall have no liability or responsibility for any action or inaction on the part of
any Paying Agent, Registrar, authenticating agent, Custodian (aside from the Trustee acting in such capacities and subject to the terms hereof). 
 Section 7.08 Replacement of Trustee. 
 (a) A resignation or removal of
the Trustee and appointment of a successor Trustee will become effective only upon the successor Trustee’s acceptance of appointment as provided in this Section 7.08. 

(b) The Trustee may resign in writing at any time and be discharged from the trust hereby created by so notifying the Company. The
Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Trustee and the Company in writing. The Company may remove the Trustee if: 

(1) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof; 

(2) the Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent or an order for relief is entered with respect to the Trustee under
any Bankruptcy Law; 
 (3) a custodian or public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or

 (4) the Trustee becomes incapable of acting. 

(c) If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason, the Company will promptly
appoint a successor Trustee. Within one year after the successor Trustee takes office, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may appoint a successor Trustee to replace the successor Trustee appointed
by the Company. 
 (d) If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is
removed, the retiring Trustee, the Company, or the Holders of at least 10% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may petition, at the expense of the Company, any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a
successor Trustee. 
 (e) If the Trustee, after written request by any Holder who has been a Holder for at least six months,
fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof, such Holder may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee. 

  
 89 

 (f) A successor Trustee will deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring
Trustee and to the Company. Thereupon, the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee will become effective, and the successor Trustee will have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. The successor Trustee will
mail a notice of its succession to Holders. The retiring Trustee will promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee; provided all sums owing to the Trustee hereunder have been paid and subject to the Lien
provided for in Section 7.07 hereof. Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.08, the Company’s obligations under Section 7.07 hereof will continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee. The Trustee
shall have no responsibility for any action or inaction of any successor Trustee. 
 Section 7.09 Successor Trustee by Merger, etc.

 If the Trustee consolidates, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust business
to, another corporation, the successor corporation without any further act will be the successor Trustee. 
 Section 7.10 Eligibility;
Disqualification. 
 There will at all times be a Trustee hereunder that is a corporation organized and doing business under
the laws of the United States of America or of any state thereof that is authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trustee power, that is subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authorities and that has a combined capital
and surplus of at least $50.0 million as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition. 
 This Indenture
will always have a Trustee who satisfies the requirements of TIA §310(a)(1), (2) and (5). The Trustee is subject to TIA §310(b). 

Section 7.11 Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company. 
 The Trustee is subject to TIA §311(a), excluding any creditor relationship listed in TIA §311(b). A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to TIA §311(a) to the extent
indicated therein. 
 ARTICLE 8 
 LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE 
 Section 8.01 Option to Effect Legal Defeasance
or Covenant Defeasance. 
 The Company may at any time elect to have either Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof be applied to
all outstanding Notes upon compliance with the conditions set forth below in this Article 8. 
 Section 8.02 Legal Defeasance and
Discharge. 
 Upon the Company’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this
Section 8.02, the Company and each of the Guarantors will, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be deemed to have been discharged from their obligations with respect to all outstanding Notes
(including the Note Guarantees) on the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (hereinafter, “Legal Defeasance”). For this purpose, Legal Defeasance means that the Company and the Guarantors will be deemed to have paid and
discharged the entire Indebtedness represented by the outstanding Notes (including the Note Guarantees), which will thereafter be deemed to be “outstanding” only for the purposes of Section 8.05 hereof and the other Sections of this
Indenture referred to in clauses 

  
 90 

 
(a) and (b) below, and to have satisfied all their other obligations under such Notes, the Note Guarantees and this Indenture (and the Trustee, on written demand of and at the expense of the
Company, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the same), except for the following provisions which will survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder: 
 (a) the rights of Holders of outstanding Notes to receive payments in respect of the principal of, premium on, if any, or interest or Additional Interest, if any, on, such Notes when such payments are due
from the trust referred to in Section 8.04 hereof; 
 (b) the Company’s obligations with respect to such Notes under
Article 2 and Section 4.02 hereof; 
 (c) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee hereunder and
the Company’s and the Guarantors’ obligations in connection therewith; and 
 (d) this Article 8. 

Subject to compliance with this Article 8, the Company may exercise its option under this Section 8.02 notwithstanding the prior
exercise of its option under Section 8.03 hereof. 
 Section 8.03 Covenant Defeasance. 

Upon the Company’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.03, the Company and each
of the Guarantors will, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be released from each of their obligations under the covenants contained in Sections 4.03, 4.05, 4.07, 4.08, 4.09, 4.10, 4.11, 4.12, 4.14,
4.15, 4.16, 4.17, 4.18, 4.19 and 4.20 hereof and clause (d) of Section 5.01 hereof with respect to the outstanding Notes on and after the date the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof are satisfied (hereinafter,
“Covenant Defeasance”), and the Notes will thereafter be deemed not “outstanding” for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection with
such covenants, but will continue to be deemed “outstanding” for all other purposes hereunder (it being understood that such Notes will not be deemed outstanding for accounting purposes). For this purpose, Covenant Defeasance means that,
with respect to the outstanding Notes and Note Guarantees, the Company and the Guarantors may omit to comply with and will have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant, whether directly or
indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or by reason of any reference in any such covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document and such omission to comply will not constitute a Default or an
Event of Default under Section 6.01 hereof, but, except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and such Notes and Note Guarantees will be unaffected thereby. In addition, upon the Company’s exercise under Section 8.01
hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.03, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, Sections 6.01(3), (4), (5), (6), (7) (only as such clause 7 applies to Significant Subsidiaries),
(8) (only as such clause 8 applies to Significant Subsidiaries) and (9) hereof will not constitute Events of Default. 

Section 8.04 Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance. 
 In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance under either Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof: 
 (a) the Company must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes, cash in U.S. dollars, non-callable Government Securities, or a combination thereof,

  
 91 

 
in amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized investment bank, appraisal firm or firm of independent public accountants, to pay the principal of, premium on, if any,
interest and Additional Interest, if any, on, the outstanding Notes on the stated date for payment thereof or on the applicable redemption date, as the case may be, and the Company must specify whether Notes are being defeased to such stated date
for payment or to a particular redemption date; 
 (b) in the case of an election under Section 8.02 hereof, the Company
must deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions: 
 (1) the Company has received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling; or 
 (2) since the Issue Date, there has been a change in the applicable federal income tax law, 
 in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel shall confirm that, the Holders of the outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax
purposes as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred; 

(c) in the case of an election under Section 8.03 hereof, the Company must deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably
acceptable to the Trustee confirming that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions, the Holders of the outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will
be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred; 
 (d) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing on the date of such deposit (other than a Default or Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit
(and any similar concurrent deposit relating to other Indebtedness), and the granting of Liens to secure such borrowings); 

(e) such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any material
agreement or instrument (other than this Indenture and the agreements governing any other Indebtedness being defeased, discharged or replaced) to which the Company or any of the Guarantors is a party or by which the Company or any of the Guarantors
is bound; 
 (f) the Company must deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by
the Company with the intent of preferring the Holders of Notes over the other creditors of the Company with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding any creditors of the Company or others; and 

(g) the Company must deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel (which Opinion of Counsel may be
subject to customary assumptions and exclusions), each stating that all conditions precedent relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance have been complied with. 

Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 8.04, the conditions set forth in the foregoing subsections (b), (c), (d),
(e), (f) and (g) of this Section 8.04 need not be satisfied so long as, at 

  
 92 

 
the time the Company makes the deposit described in subsection (a), (i) no Default under Section 6.01(1), (2) and (8) has occurred and is continuing on the date of such
deposit and after giving effect thereto and (ii) either (x) a notice of redemption has been mailed providing for redemption of all the Notes not more than 60 days after such mailing and the requirements for such redemption shall have been
complied with or (y) the Stated Maturity of the Notes will occur within 60 days. If the conditions in the preceding sentence are satisfied, the Company shall be deemed to have exercised its Covenant Defeasance option. 

Section 8.05 Deposited Money and Government Securities to be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions. 

Subject to Section 8.06 hereof, all money and non-callable Government Securities (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the
Trustee (or other qualifying trustee, collectively for purposes of this Section 8.05, the “Trustee”) pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof in respect of the outstanding Notes will be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in
accordance with the provisions of such Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Company acting as Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of such Notes of all sums due
and to become due thereon in respect of principal, premium, if any, interest and Additional Interest, if any, but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. 

The Company will pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the cash or
non-callable Government Securities deposited pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof or the principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the Holders of the
outstanding Notes. 
 Notwithstanding anything in this Article 8 to the contrary, the Trustee will deliver or pay to the Company
from time to time upon the written request of the Company any money or non-callable Government Securities held by it as provided in Section 8.04 hereof which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants
expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee (which may be the opinion delivered under Section 8.04(a) hereof), are in excess of the amount thereof that would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent
Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance. 
 Section 8.06 Repayment to Company. 

Any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Company, in trust for the payment of the principal of,
premium on, if any, or interest or Additional Interest, if any, on, any Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal, premium, if any, or interest or Additional Interest, if any, has become due and payable shall be paid to the
Company on its written request or (if then held by the Company) will be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Note will thereafter be permitted to look only to the Company for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such
Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all liability of the Company as trustee thereof, will thereupon cease. 
 Section 8.07
Reinstatement. 
 If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any U.S. dollars or non-callable Government Securities
in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof, as the case may be, by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, then the Company’s and the
Guarantors’ obligations under this Indenture and the Notes and the Note Guarantees will be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is
permitted to apply all such money in 

  
 93 

 
accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof, as the case may be; provided, however, that, if the Company makes any payment of principal of, premium on, if any, interest or Additional
Interest, if any, on, any Note following the reinstatement of its obligations, the Company will be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money held by the Trustee or Paying Agent. 

ARTICLE 9 

AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER 

Section 9.01 Without Consent of Holders of Notes. 
 Notwithstanding Section 9.02, without the consent of any Holder of Notes, the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture, the Notes or the Note Guarantees or the
Escrow Agreement: 
 (a) to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency; 

(b) to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes; 

(c) to provide for the assumption of the Company’s or a Guarantor’s obligations to the Holders of the Notes and Note Guarantees
by a successor to the Company or such Guarantor pursuant to Article 5 or Article 10 hereof; 
 (d) to make any change that would
provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders of the Notes or that does not adversely affect the legal rights hereunder of any Holder; 
 (e) to comply with requirements of the SEC in order to effect or maintain the qualification of this Indenture under the TIA; 
 (f) to conform the text of this Indenture, the Notes, the Note Guarantees or the Escrow Agreement to any provision of the “Description of the Notes” section of the Offering Memorandum, to the
extent that such provision in that “Description of the Notes” was intended to be a verbatim recitation of a provision of this Indenture, the Notes, the Note Guarantees or the Escrow Agreement, which intent may be evidenced by an
Officers’ Certificate to that effect; 
 (g) to provide for the issuance of Additional Notes in accordance with the
limitations set forth in this Indenture as of the Issue Date; or 
 (h) to allow any Guarantor to execute a supplemental
indenture and/or a Note Guarantee with respect to the Notes. 
 Upon the request of the Company accompanied by a resolution of
its Board of Directors authorizing the execution of any such amended or supplemental indenture, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 7.02 hereof, the Trustee will join with the Company and the Guarantors in the
execution of any amended or supplemental indenture authorized or permitted by the terms of this Indenture and to make any further appropriate agreements and stipulations that may be therein contained, but the Trustee will not be obligated to enter
into such amended or supplemental indenture that affects its own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise. 

  
 94 

 Section 9.02 With Consent of Holders of Notes. 

Except as provided below in this Section 9.02, the Company and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture (including, without
limitation, Sections 3.09, 4.10 and 4.14 hereof) and the Notes and the Note Guarantees with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes (including, without limitation, Additional
Notes, if any) voting as a single class (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for, or purchase of, the Notes), and, subject to Sections 6.04 and 6.07 hereof, any existing Default or
Event of Default (other than a Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of, premium on, if any, interest or Additional Interest, if any, on, the Notes, except a payment default resulting from an acceleration that has been
rescinded) or compliance with any provision of this Indenture or the Notes or the Note Guarantees or the Escrow Agreement may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes
(including, without limitation, Additional Notes, if any) voting as a single class (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for Notes). 

Upon the request of the Company accompanied by a resolution of its Board of Directors authorizing the execution of any such amended or
supplemental indenture, and upon the filing with the Trustee of evidence satisfactory to the Trustee of the consent of the Holders of Notes as aforesaid, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 7.02 hereof, the
Trustee will join with the Company and the Guarantors in the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture unless such amended or supplemental indenture directly affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture
or otherwise, in which case the Trustee may in its discretion, but will not be obligated to, enter into such amended or supplemental indenture. 
 It is not necessary for the consent of the Holders of Notes under this Section 9.02 to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment, supplement or waiver, but it is sufficient if such
consent approves the substance thereof. 
 After an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section 9.02 becomes
effective, the Company will promptly mail to the Holders of Notes affected thereby a notice briefly describing the amendment, supplement or waiver. Any failure of the Company to mail such notice, or any defect therein, will not, however, in any way
impair or affect the validity of any such amended or supplemental indenture or waiver. Subject to Sections 6.04 and 6.07 hereof, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding voting as a single class may waive
compliance in a particular instance by the Company with any provision of this Indenture, the Notes or the Note Guarantees. However, without the consent of each Holder affected, an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section 9.02 may not
(with respect to any Notes held by a non-consenting Holder): 
 (a) reduce the principal amount of Notes whose Holders must
consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver; 
 (b) reduce the principal of or change the fixed maturity of any Note or alter
or waive any of the provisions with respect to the redemption of the Notes (except as provided above with respect to Sections 3.09, 4.10 and 4.15 hereof); 
 (c) reduce the rate of or change the time for payment of interest, including default interest, on any Note; 
 (d) waive a Default or Event of Default in the payment of principal of, premium on, if any, or interest or Additional Interest, if any, on, the Notes (except a rescission of acceleration of the Notes by
the 

  
 95 

 
Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration); 

(e) make any Note payable in money other than that stated in the Notes; 

(f) make any change in the provisions of this Indenture relating to waivers of past Defaults or the rights of Holders of Notes to receive
payments of principal of, premium on, if any, or interest or Additional Interest, if any, on, the Notes; 
 (g) waive a
redemption payment with respect to any Note (other than a payment required by Sections 3.09, 4.10 or 4.14 hereof); 
 (h)
release any Guarantor from any of its obligations under its Note Guarantee or this Indenture, except in accordance with the terms of this Indenture; 
 (i) make any change in the preceding amendment and waiver provisions; or 
 (j)
modify the provisions of the Escrow Agreement in any manner materially adverse to the holders of the notes. 
 Section 9.03 Compliance
with Trust Indenture Act. 
 Every amendment or supplement to this Indenture or the Notes will be set forth in a amended or
supplemental indenture that complies with the TIA as then in effect. 
 Section 9.04 Revocation and Effect of Consents. 

Until an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder of a Note is a continuing consent by the Holder of
a Note and every subsequent Holder of a Note or portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note, even if notation of the consent is not made on any Note. However, any such Holder of a Note or subsequent Holder of
a Note may revoke the consent as to its Note if the Trustee receives written notice of revocation before the date the amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective. An amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective in accordance with its
terms and thereafter binds every Holder. 
 Section 9.05 Notation on or Exchange of Notes. 

The Trustee may place an appropriate notation about an amendment, supplement or waiver on any Note thereafter authenticated. The Company
in exchange for all Notes may issue and the Trustee shall, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, authenticate new Notes that reflect the amendment, supplement or waiver. 
 Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note will not affect the validity and effect of such amendment, supplement or waiver. 
 Section 9.06 Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc. 
 The Trustee will sign
any amended or supplemental indenture authorized pursuant to this Article 9 if the amendment or supplement does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee. The Company may not sign an amended or supplemental
indenture until the Board of Directors of the Company approves it. In executing any amended or supplemental indenture, the Trustee 

  
 96 

 
will receive and (subject to Section 7.01 hereof) will be fully protected in conclusively relying upon, in addition to the documents required by Section 12.04 hereof, an Officers’
Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture is authorized or permitted by this Indenture and that such supplemental indenture constitutes the valid and binding obligation of the Company
and any Guarantors party thereto, enforceable against such parties in accordance with its terms, subject to customary exceptions. 
 ARTICLE 10 
 NOTE GUARANTEES 

Section 10.01 Guarantee. 
 (a) Subject to this Article 10, each of the Guarantors hereby, jointly and severally, unconditionally guarantees to each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee and
its successors and assigns, irrespective of the validity and enforceability of this Indenture, the Notes or the obligations of the Company hereunder or thereunder, that: 

(1) the principal of, premium on, if any, and interest and Additional Interest, if any, on, the Notes will be promptly
paid in full when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal of, premium on, if any, and interest and Additional Interest, if any, on, the Notes, if lawful, and all other obligations of
the Company to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or thereunder will be promptly paid in full or performed, all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof; and 

(2) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, that same will
be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise. 
 Failing payment when due of any amount so guaranteed or any performance so guaranteed for whatever reason, the Guarantors will be jointly and severally obligated to pay the same immediately. Each
Guarantor agrees that this is a guarantee of payment and not a guarantee of collection. 
 (b) The Guarantors hereby agree that
their obligations hereunder are unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of the Notes or this Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder of the Notes with respect to
any provisions hereof or thereof, the recovery of any judgment against the Company, any action to enforce the same or any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor. Each Guarantor
hereby waives diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Company, any right to require a proceeding first against the Company, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever
and covenant that this Note Guarantee will not be discharged except by complete performance of the obligations contained in the Notes and this Indenture. 
 (c) If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to the Company, the Guarantors or any custodian, trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to either
the Company or the Guarantors, any amount paid by either to the Trustee or such Holder, this Note Guarantee, to the extent theretofore discharged, will be reinstated in full force and effect. 

(d) Each Guarantor agrees that it will not be entitled to any right of subrogation in relation to the Holders in respect of any
obligations guaranteed hereby until payment in full of all obligations 

  
 97 

 
guaranteed hereby. Each Guarantor further agrees that, as between the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (1) the maturity of the obligations
guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article 6 hereof for the purposes of this Note Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations guaranteed hereby, and
(2) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such obligations as provided in Article 6 hereof, such obligations (whether or not due and payable) will forthwith become due and payable by the Guarantors for the purpose of this Note
Guarantee. The Guarantors will have the right to seek contribution from any non-paying Guarantor so long as the exercise of such right does not impair the rights of the Holders under the Note Guarantee. 

Section 10.02 Limitation on Guarantor Liability. 
 Each Guarantor, and by its acceptance of Notes, each Holder, hereby confirms that it is the intention of all such parties that the Note Guarantee of such Guarantor not constitute a fraudulent transfer or
conveyance for purposes of Bankruptcy Law, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar federal or state law to the extent applicable to any Note Guarantee. To effectuate the foregoing intention, the
Trustee, the Holders and the Guarantors hereby irrevocably agree that the obligations of such Guarantor will be limited to the maximum amount that will, after giving effect to such maximum amount and all other contingent and fixed liabilities of
such Guarantor that are relevant under such laws, and after giving effect to any collections from, rights to receive contribution from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor
under this Article 10, result in the obligations of such Guarantor under its Note Guarantee not constituting a fraudulent transfer or conveyance. 
 Section 10.03 Issuance and Delivery of Note Guarantee. 
 To evidence
its Note Guarantee set forth in Section 10.01, each Guarantor hereby agrees that this Indenture (or a supplemental indenture to this Indenture) shall be executed on behalf of such Guarantor by an Officer of such Guarantor. 

Each Guarantor hereby agrees that its Note Guarantee set forth in Section 10.01 shall remain in full force and effect
notwithstanding the absence of the endorsement of any notation of such Note Guarantee on the Notes. 
 If an Officer whose
signature is on this Indenture or on the Note Guarantee no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note on which a Note Guarantee is endorsed, the Note Guarantee will be valid nevertheless. 

The delivery of any Note by the Trustee, after the authentication thereof hereunder, will constitute due delivery of the Note Guarantee
set forth in this Indenture on behalf of the Guarantors. Upon execution of a supplemental indenture to this Indenture by any Guarantor in the form of Exhibit C hereto, the Note Guarantee set forth in this Indenture and such supplemental indenture
shall be deemed duly delivered, without any further action by any Person, on behalf of such Guarantor. All the Note Guarantees so issued will in all respects have the same legal rank and benefit under this Indenture as the Note Guarantees
theretofore and thereafter issued in accordance with the terms of this Indenture as though all of such Note Guarantees had been issued at the date of the execution hereof. 

  
 98 

 Section 10.04 Guarantors May Consolidate, etc., on Certain Terms. 

Except as otherwise provided in Section 10.05 hereof, no Guarantor may sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its
assets to, or consolidate with or merge with or into (whether or not such Guarantor is the surviving Person) another Person, other than the Company or another Guarantor, unless: 

(a) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists; and 

(b) either: 
 (1) subject to Section 10.05 hereof, the Person acquiring the property in any such sale or disposition or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (the “Successor
Guarantor”) unconditionally assumes all the obligations of that Guarantor under its Note Guarantees, this Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement on the terms set forth herein or therein, pursuant to supplemental indentures in form and
substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee; or 
 (2) the Net Proceeds of such sale or other disposition
are applied in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture, including without limitation, Section 4.10 hereof. 
 In case of any such consolidation, merger, sale or conveyance and upon the assumption by the Successor Guarantor, by supplemental indentures, of the Note Guarantees and the due and punctual performance of
all of the covenants and conditions of this Indenture to be performed by the Guarantor, such Successor Guarantor will succeed to and be substituted for the Guarantor with the same effect as if it had been named herein as a Guarantor. 

Except as set forth in Articles 4 and 5 hereof, and notwithstanding clauses b(1) and b(2) above, nothing contained in this Indenture or
in any of the Notes will prevent any consolidation or merger of a Guarantor with or into the Company or another Guarantor, or will prevent any sale or conveyance of the property of a Guarantor as an entirety or substantially as an entirety to the
Company or another Guarantor. 
 Section 10.05 Releases. 
 (a) In the event of any sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of any Guarantor, by way of merger, consolidation or otherwise, to a Person that is not (either before or after
giving effect to such transaction) the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, then the corporation acquiring the property will be released and relieved of any obligations under the Note Guarantee; 

(b) In the event of any sale or other disposition of Capital Stock of any Guarantor to a Person that is not (either before or after
giving effect to such transaction) the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, and such Guarantor ceases to be a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company as a result of the sale or other disposition, then such Guarantor will be released and
relieved of any obligations under its Note Guarantee; 
 provided, in both cases, that the Net Proceeds of such sale or other disposition
are applied in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture, including without limitation Section 4.10 hereof. Upon delivery by the Company to the Trustee of an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the effect
that such sale or other disposition was made by the Company in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture, including without limitation Section 4.10 hereof, the Trustee will execute any documents

  
 99 

 
reasonably required in order to evidence the release of any Guarantor from its obligations under its Note Guarantee. 
 (c) Upon designation of any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor as an Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of this Indenture, such Guarantor will be released and relieved of any
obligations under its Note Guarantee. 
 (d) Upon Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance in accordance with Article 8 hereof or
satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture in accordance with Article 11 hereof, each Guarantor will be released and relieved of any obligations under its Note Guarantee. 
 (e) Upon the release of the Guarantor’s guarantee under all applicable Triggering Indebtedness, each Guarantor will be released and relieved of any obligations under its Note Guarantee. 

Any Guarantor not released from its obligations under its Note Guarantee as provided in this Section 10.05 will remain liable for
the full amount of principal of, premium on, if any, and interest and Additional Interest, if any, on, the Notes and for the other obligations of any Guarantor under this Indenture as provided in this Article 10. 

ARTICLE 11 

SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE 

Section 11.01 Satisfaction and Discharge. 
 This Indenture will be discharged and will cease to be of further effect as to all Notes issued hereunder, when: 
 (a) either: 
 (1) all Notes that have been authenticated, except
lost, stolen or destroyed Notes that have been replaced or paid and Notes for whose payment money has been deposited in trust and thereafter repaid to the Company, have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or 

(2) all Notes that have not been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation have become due and payable by reason of the
mailing of a notice of redemption or otherwise or will become due and payable within one year and the Company or any Guarantor has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of the
Holders, cash in U.S. dollars, non-callable Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in amounts as will be sufficient, without consideration of any reinvestment of interest, to pay and discharge the entire Indebtedness on the Notes not
delivered to the Trustee for cancellation for principal of, premium on, if any, interest and Additional Interest, if any, on, the Notes to the date of maturity or redemption; 
 (b) in respect of Section 11.01(a)(2), no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing on the date of the deposit (other than a Default or Event of Default resulting from the borrowing
of funds to be applied to such deposit and any similar deposit relating to other Indebtedness and, in each case, the granting of Liens to secure such borrowings) and the deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default
under, any other instrument to which the Company or any Guarantor is a party or by which the Company or any Guarantor is bound (other than with respect to the borrowing of funds to be applied concurrently to make the deposit required to effect such
satisfaction and 

  
 100

 
discharge and any similar concurrent deposit relating to other Indebtedness, and in each case the granting of Liens to secure such borrowings); 

(c) the Company or any Guarantor has paid or caused to be paid all sums payable by it under this Indenture; and 

(d) the Company has delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee under this Indenture to apply the deposited money toward the
payment of the Notes at maturity or on the redemption date, as the case may be. 
 In addition, the Company must deliver an Officers’
Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the Trustee stating that all conditions precedent to satisfaction and discharge have been satisfied. 
 Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, if money has been deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 11.01(a)(2), the provisions of Sections 11.02 and 8.06 hereof will
survive. In addition, nothing in this Section 11.01 will be deemed to discharge those provisions of Section 7.07 hereof, that, by their terms, survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture. 

Section 11.02 Application of Trust Money. 
 Subject to the provisions of Section 8.06 hereof, all money deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 11.01 hereof shall be held in trust and applied by it, in accordance with the
provisions of the Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Company acting as its own Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Persons entitled thereto, of the principal, premium,
if any, and interest and Additional Interest, if any, for whose payment such money has been deposited with the Trustee; but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. 

If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or Government Securities in accordance with Section 11.01 hereof by
reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the Company’s and any Guarantor’s obligations under this
Indenture and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 11.01 hereof; provided that if the Company has made any payment of principal of, premium on, if any, or interest or Additional
Interest, if any, on, any Notes because of the reinstatement of its obligations, the Company shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money or Government Securities held by the Trustee or Paying
Agent. 
 ARTICLE 12 
 MISCELLANEOUS 
 Section 12.01 Trust Indenture Act Controls. 

If any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with the duties imposed by TIA §318(c), the imposed duties will
control. 
 Section 12.02 Notices. 
 Any notice or communication by the Company, any Guarantor or the Trustee to the others is duly given if in writing and delivered in Person or by first class mail (registered or certified, return receipt

  
 101

 
requested), facsimile transmission or overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery, to the others’ address: 
 If to the Company and/or any Guarantor: 
 Endo Pharmaceuticals Holdings Inc.

 100 Endo Boulevard 
 Chadds Ford, PA 19317 
 Facsimile No.: (484) 840-4169 

Attention: Karen C. Adler 
 With a copy to: 
 Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher and Flom LLP 

Four Times Square 

New York, NY 10036 
 Facsimile No.: (212) 735-2000 
 Attention: Stacy J. Kanter 

If to the Trustee: 
 Wells Fargo Bank, National Association 
 45 Broadway, 14th Floor 

New York, NY 10006 
 Facsimile No.: (212) 515-1589 
 Attention: Corporate Trust
Services—Administrator for Endo Pharmaceuticals Holdings Inc. 
 With a copy to: 

Thompson Hine LLP 
 335 Madison Avenue, 12th floor 
 New York, NY 10017 

Facsimile No.: (212) 344-6101 
 Attention: Irving Apar, Esq. 
 The Company, any Guarantor or the Trustee, by
notice to the others, may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications. 
 All notices
and communications (other than those sent to Holders) will be deemed to have been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five Business Days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; when receipt
acknowledged, if transmitted by facsimile; and the next Business Day after timely delivery to the courier, if sent by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery. 
 Any notice or communication to a Holder will be mailed by first class mail, certified or registered, return receipt requested, or by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery to its address
shown on the register kept by the Registrar. Any notice or communication will also be so mailed to any Person described in TIA §313(c), to the extent required by the TIA. Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it
will not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders. 
 If a notice or communication is mailed in the manner provided
above within the time prescribed, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it. 

  
 102

 If the Company mails a notice or communication to Holders, it will mail a copy to the
Trustee and each Agent at the same time. 
 Section 12.03 Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes. 

Holders may communicate pursuant to TIA §312(b) with other Holders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the Notes.
The Company, the Trustee, the Registrar and anyone else shall have the protection of TIA §312(c). 
 Section 12.04 Certificate and
Opinion as to Conditions Precedent. 
 Upon any request or application by the Company to the Trustee to take any action under
this Indenture, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee: 
 (a) an Officers’ Certificate in form and substance reasonably
satisfactory to the Trustee (which must include the statements set forth in Section 12.05 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have
been complied with; and 
 (b) an Opinion of Counsel in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which must
include the statements set forth in Section 12.05 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent have been complied with. 
 Section 12.05 Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion. 
 Each
certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture (other than a certificate provided pursuant to TIA §314(a)(4)) must comply with the provisions of TIA §314(e) and must include:

 (a) a statement that the Person making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition; 

(b) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in
such certificate or opinion are based; 
 (c) a statement that, in the opinion of such Person, he or she has made such
examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him or her to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been satisfied; and 
 (d) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such Person, such condition or covenant has been satisfied. 
 Section 12.06 Rules by Trustee and Agents. 
 The Trustee may make
reasonable rules for action by or at a meeting of Holders. The Registrar or Paying Agent may make reasonable rules and set reasonable requirements for its functions. 
 Section 12.07 No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders. 
 No director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Company or any Guarantor, as such, will have any liability for any obligations of the Company or the Guarantors under the Notes, this
Indenture, the Note Guarantees or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations 

  
 103

 
or their creation. Each Holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. The waiver may
not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws. 
 Section 12.08 Governing Law; Waiver of Jury Trial.

 THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES AND THE NOTE GUARANTEES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE
OF NEW YORK. THE COMPANY, THE TRUSTEE AND EACH OF THE GUARANTORS HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE,
THE NOTES OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY. 
 Section 12.09 No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements. 

This Indenture may not be used to interpret any other indenture, loan or debt agreement of the Company or its Subsidiaries or of any other
Person. Any such indenture, loan or debt agreement may not be used to interpret this Indenture. 
 Section 12.10 Successors.

 All agreements of the Company in this Indenture and the Notes will bind its successors. All agreements of the Trustee in this
Indenture will bind its successors. All agreements of each Guarantor in this Indenture will bind its successors, except as otherwise provided in Section 10.05 hereof. 
 Section 12.11 Severability. 
 In case any provision in this Indenture
or in the Notes is invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions will not in any way be affected or impaired thereby. 
 Section 12.12 Counterpart Originals. 
 The parties may sign any number
of copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy (which may be provided via facsimile or other electronic transmission) will be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. 

Section 12.13 Table of Contents, Headings, etc. 
 The Table of Contents, Cross-Reference Table and Headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part of this
Indenture and will in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof. 
 Section 12.14 U.S.A. Patriot Act

 In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations
hereunder arising out of or caused by, directly or indirectly, forces beyond its control, including, without limitation, strikes, work stoppages, accidents, acts of war or terrorism, civil or military disturbances, nuclear or natural catastrophes or
disasters, and interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, communications or computer (software and hardware) services; it being understood that the 

  
 104

 
Trustee shall use reasonable efforts which are consistent with accepted practices in the banking industry to resume performance as soon as practicable under the circumstances. 

Section 12.15 Force Majeure 
 In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations hereunder arising out of or caused by, directly or indirectly, forces beyond its
control, including, without limitation, strikes, work stoppages, accidents, acts of war or terrorism, civil or military disturbances, nuclear or natural catastrophes or acts of God, and interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities,
communications or computer (software and hardware) services; it being understood that the Trustee shall use reasonable efforts which are consistent with accepted practices in the banking industry to resume performance as soon as practicable under
the circumstances. 
 [Signatures on following page] 

  
 105

 SIGNATURES 
 Dated as of June 8, 2011 
  

			
	Company:
	Endo Pharmaceuticals Holdings Inc.
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Alan G. Levin

		 	Name: Alan G. Levin
		 	 Title:   Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

	
	Guarantors:
	Endo Pharmaceuticals Inc.
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Alan G. Levin

		 	Name: Alan G. Levin
		 	 Title:   Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

	
	Endo Pharmaceuticals Solutions Inc.
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Alan G. Levin

		 	Name: Alan G. Levin
		 	 Title:   Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

	
	Endo Pharmaceuticals Valera Inc.
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Alan G. Levin

		 	Name: Alan G. Levin
		 	 Title:   Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

	
	HealthTronics, Inc.
		
	By:	 	 /s/ David P. Holveck

		 	 Name: David P. Holveck

		 	 Title:   Chief Executive Officer

			
	Generics International (US), Inc.
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Alan G. Levin

		 	 Name: Alan G. Levin

		 	 Title:   Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

	
	Generics Bidco I, LLC
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Alan G. Levin

		 	 Name: Alan G. Levin

		 	 Title:   Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

	
	Vintage Pharmaceuticals, LLC
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Alan G. Levin

		 	 Name: Alan G. Levin

		 	 Title:   Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

	
	Penwest Pharmaceuticals Co.
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Alan G. Levin

		 	 Name: Alan G. Levin

		 	 Title:   Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

	
	Ledgemont Royalty Sub LLC
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Alan G. Levin

		 	 Name: Alan G. Levin

		 	 Title:   Executive Vice President and Chief Financial
Officer

			
	Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Raymond Delli Colli

		 	Name:  Raymond Delli Colli
		 	Title:    Vice President

 EXHIBIT A 
 [Face of Note] 
 [Insert the Global Note Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of
the Indenture] 
 [Insert the Private Placement Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture] 

CUSIP/ISN                     

 7 1/4% Senior Notes due 2022 
  

			
	No.     	 	$        

 ENDO PHARMACEUTICALS HOLDINGS INC. 
 promises to pay to
             or registered assigns, 
 the principal sum of
                                         
                                DOLLARS on January 15, 2022. 

Interest Payment Dates: January 15 and July 15 
 Record Dates: January 1 and July 1 
 Dated: 

 
  

  
 1 

			
	ENDO PHARMACEUTICALS HOLDINGS INC.
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:

  
 2 

			
	This is one of the Notes referred to
	in the within-mentioned Indenture:
	
	 WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee

		
	By:	 	  

		 	Authorized Signatory

  
 3 

 [Back of Note] 

7 
1/4% Senior Notes due 2022 
 Capitalized terms used herein have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated. 

(1) INTEREST. Endo Pharmaceuticals Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation (the
“Company”), promises to pay or cause to be paid interest on the principal amount of this Note at 7.250% per annum from [            ] until maturity and shall
pay the Additional Interest, if any, payable pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement referred to below. The Company will pay interest and Additional Interest, if any, semi-annually in arrears on January 15 and July 15 of each year,
or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (each, an “Interest Payment Date”). Interest on the Notes will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has
been paid, from the date of issuance; provided that, if this Note is authenticated between a record date referred to on the face hereof and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date, interest shall accrue from such next succeeding Interest
Payment Date; provided further that the first Interest Payment Date shall be January 15, 2012. The Company will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal at a rate
that is 1% higher than the then applicable interest rate on the Notes to the extent lawful; it will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest and Additional
Interest, if any (without regard to any applicable grace period), at the same rate to the extent lawful. 

Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months. 

(2) METHOD OF PAYMENT. The Company will pay interest on
the Notes (except defaulted interest) and Additional Interest, if any, to the Persons who are registered Holders of Notes at the close of business on the January 1 and July 1 next preceding the Interest Payment Date, even if such Notes are
canceled after such record date and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.12 of the Indenture with respect to defaulted interest. The Notes will be payable as to principal, premium, if any, and interest and
Additional Interest, if any, at the office or agency of the Paying Agent and Registrar within the City and State of New York, or, at the option of the Company, payment of interest and Additional Interest, if any, may be made by check mailed to the
Holders at their addresses set forth in the register of Holders; provided that payment by wire transfer of immediately available funds will be required with respect to principal of, premium on, if any, and interest and Additional Interest, if
any, on, all Global Notes and all other Notes the Holders of which will have provided wire transfer instructions to the Company or the Paying Agent at least five Business Days prior to the applicable Payment Date. Such payment will be in such coin
or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. 
 (3) PAYING AGENT AND REGISTRAR. Initially, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, the Trustee under the Indenture, will
act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Company may change the Paying Agent or Registrar without prior notice to the Holders of the Notes. The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent or Registrar. 

  
 4 

 (4) INDENTURE. The Company issued the
Notes under an Indenture dated as of June 8, 2011 (the “Indenture”) among the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by
reference to the TIA. The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and such Act for a statement of such terms. To the extent any provision of this Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Indenture, the
provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be controlling. The Notes are unsecured obligations of the Company. The Indenture does not limit the aggregate principal amount of Notes that may be issued thereunder. 

(5) OPTIONAL REDEMPTION. 

(a) At any time prior to July 15, 2014, the Company may on any one or more occasions redeem up to 35% of the
aggregate principal amount of the Notes issued under the Indenture, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice, at a redemption price equal to 107.250% of the principal amount of the Notes redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest and
Additional Interest, if any, to the date of redemption (subject to the rights of Holders of Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date if the Notes have not been redeemed prior to such date), with
the net cash proceeds of an Equity Offering by Endo; provided that: 
  

	 	(1)	at least 65% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes originally issued under the Indenture (excluding Notes held by the Company and its Subsidiaries) remains
outstanding immediately after the occurrence of such redemption; and 

  

	 	(2)	the redemption occurs within 120 days of the date of the closing of such Equity Offering. 

(b) At any time prior to July 15, 2016, the Company may on any one or more occasions redeem all or a part of the
Notes, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes redeemed, plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any,
to the date of redemption, subject to the rights of Holders of Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date. 
 (c) Except pursuant to the preceding paragraphs, the Notes will not be redeemable at the Company’s option prior to July 15, 2016. 

(d) On or after to July 15, 2016, the Company may on any one or more occasions redeem all or a part of the Notes,
upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes redeemed, to the
applicable date of redemption, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on July 15 of the years indicated below (subject to the rights of Holders on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment
date if the Notes have not been redeemed prior to such date): 
  

					
	 Year
	  	Percentage	 
	 2016
	  	 	103.625	% 
	 2017
	  	 	102.417	% 
	 2018
	  	 	101.208	% 
	 2019 and thereafter
	  	 	100.000	% 

  
 5 

 Unless the Company defaults in the payment of the redemption price, interest
will cease to accrue on the Notes or portions thereof called for redemption on the applicable redemption date. 

(6) MANDATORY REDEMPTION. Except as set forth in paragraph 7 below,
the Company is not required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes. 

(7) SPECIAL MANDATORY REDEMPTION. 

The Trustee, following receipt of the notice from the Escrow Agent specified in Section 7(b) of the Escrow Agreement
on the Redemption Notice Date (as defined in the Escrow Agreement), shall promptly (a) notify each Holder (with a copy to the Escrow Agent) in accordance with the second paragraph of Section 3.03 of the Indenture that all of the
outstanding Notes shall be redeemed at the Special Mandatory Redemption Price on the next Business Day (or such other minimum period as may be required by DTC) following the Redemption Notice Date (such date, the “Special Redemption
Date”) automatically and without any further action by such Holder of the Notes and (b) provide written instructions to the Escrow Agent that specify the Special Mandatory Redemption Price and the wire payment instructions for amounts
to be released from the Escrow Account (as defined in the Escrow Agreement) for the benefit of Holders. In the event that the amount of funds in the Escrow Account for the benefit of the Holders is less than the aggregate amount of the Special
Mandatory Redemption Price, the Company shall pay to the Paying Agent, at or prior to 12:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the Special Redemption Date, cash equal to such shortfall so as to permit all outstanding Notes to be redeemed on the Special
Redemption Date at the Special Mandatory Redemption Price. On the Special Redemption Date, the Company shall cause the Paying Agent to redeem all of the outstanding Notes issued under this Indenture at a redemption price equal to the Special
Mandatory Redemption Price. 
 (8) REPURCHASE AT THE
OPTION OF HOLDER. 
 (a) If there is a Change of Control
Repurchase Event, the Company will be required to make an offer (a “Change of Control Offer”) to each Holder to repurchase all or any part (equal to $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof) of each Holder’s
Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, thereon to the date of purchase, subject to the rights of Holders on the relevant record date
to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date (the “Change of Control Payment”). Within 30 days following any Change of Control Repurchase Event, the Company will mail a notice to each Holder setting forth the
procedures governing the Change of Control Offer as required by the Indenture. 
 (b) The Company may be required
to make an offer to purchase Notes in the event of an Asset Sale as set forth in Section 4.10 of the Indenture. 
 (9) NOTICE OF REDEMPTION. Subject to paragraph (7) above, at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before a redemption date, the
Company will mail or cause to be mailed, by first class mail, a notice of redemption to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address, except that redemption notices may be mailed more than 60 days prior to a redemption date
if the notice is issued in connection with a defeasance of the Notes or a satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture pursuant to Articles 8 or 11 thereof. Notes and portions of Notes selected will be in amounts of $2,000 or whole multiples of
$1,000 in excess 

  
 6 

 
thereof; except that if all of the Notes of a Holder are to be redeemed or purchased, the entire outstanding amount of Notes held by such Holder shall be redeemed or purchased. 

(10) DENOMINATIONS, TRANSFER, EXCHANGE. The Notes are
in registered form in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. The transfer of Notes may be registered and Notes may be exchanged as provided in the Indenture. The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder,
among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and the Company may require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Company need not exchange or register the transfer of
any Note or portion of a Note selected for redemption, except for the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part. Also, the Company need not exchange or register the transfer of any Notes for a period of 15 days before the mailing of any
notice of redemption or during the period between a record date and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date. 

(11) PERSONS DEEMED OWNERS. The registered Holder of a
Note may be treated as the owner of it for all purposes. Only registered Holders have rights under the Indenture. 
 (12) AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER. Subject to certain exceptions, the Indenture, the Notes or the Note Guarantees may
be amended or supplemented with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes including Additional Notes, if any, voting as a single class. Without the consent of any Holder of Notes,
the Indenture, the Notes or the Note Guarantees may be amended or supplemented as provided in the Indenture. 

(13) DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES. If an Event of Default
(other than an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(7) and 6.01(8) of the Indenture with respect to the Company) shall have occurred and be continuing, either the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% of the outstanding principal amount
of the Notes may declare to be immediately due and payable the principal amount of all such Notes then outstanding, plus accrued but unpaid interest to the date of acceleration. Upon the effectiveness of such a declaration, such principal,
premium, accrued and unpaid interest (including Additional Interest), and other monetary obligations shall be due and payable immediately. If an Event of Default specified in Sections 6.01(7) and 6.01(8) of the Indenture with respect to the
Company shall occur, such amounts with respect to all the Notes shall become automatically due and payable immediately without any further action or notice. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by
notice to the Trustee may, on behalf of all the Holders, rescind an acceleration or waive an existing Default or Event of Default and its respective consequences under the Indenture except a continuing Default or Event of Default in the payment of
principal of, premium on, if any, or interest or Additional Interest, if any, on, the Notes (including in connection with an offer to purchase). 
 (14) TRUSTEE DEALINGS WITH COMPANY. The Trustee, in its individual or any other capacity, may make loans to, accept
deposits from, and perform services for the Company or its Affiliates, and may otherwise deal with the Company or its Affiliates, as if it were not the Trustee. 
 (15) NO RECOURSE AGAINST OTHERS. No director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Company or any
Guarantor, as such, will have any liability for any obligations of the Company or the Guarantors under the Notes, the Indenture, the Note Guarantees or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each
Holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part 

  
 7 

 
of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. The waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws. 

(16) AUTHENTICATION. This Note will not be valid until authenticated by the manual
signature of the Trustee or an authenticating agent. 
 (17) ABBREVIATIONS.
Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (=
Custodian), and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act). 
 (18) ADDITIONAL
RIGHTS OF HOLDERS OF RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTES AND RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE
NOTES. In addition to the rights provided to Holders of Notes under the Indenture, Holders of Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes will have all the rights set forth in the Registration Rights
Agreement dated as of June 8, 2011, among the Company, the Guarantors and the other parties named on the signature pages thereof or, in the case of Additional Notes, Holders of Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes will have
the rights set forth in one or more registration rights agreements, if any, among the Company, the Guarantors and the other parties thereto, relating to rights given by the Company and the Guarantors to the purchasers of any Additional Notes
(collectively, the “Registration Rights Agreement”). 
 (19) CUSIP OR ISIN
NUMBERS. Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Company has caused CUSIP or ISIN numbers to be printed on the Notes, and the Trustee may use
CUSIP or ISIN numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption, and reliance may be placed only on
the other identification numbers placed thereon. 
 (20) GOVERNING LAW. THE INDENTURE, THIS NOTE AND THE
NOTE GUARANTEES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. THE COMPANY, THE TRUSTEE AND EACH OF THE GUARANTORS HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL
RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THE INDENTURE, THIS NOTE OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED THEREBY OR HEREBY. 
 The Company will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture and/or the Registration Rights Agreement. Requests may be made to: 

Endo Pharmaceuticals Holdings Inc. 
 100 Endo Boulevard 
 Chadds Ford, PA 19317 

Attention: Karen C. Adler 

  
 8 

 ASSIGNMENT FORM 

To assign this Note, fill in the form below: 
  

			
	(I) or (we) assign and transfer this Note to:	  	  

		  	(Insert assignee’s legal name)

  

 
 (Insert assignee’s soc. sec.
or tax I.D. no.) 
  
  

 
  
  

 
  

 
 (Print or type assignee’s
name, address and zip code) 
 and irrevocably appoint
                                         
                                         
                                         
                                         
             to transfer this Note on the books of the Company. The agent may substitute another to act for him. 
 Date:                      

Your
Signature:                                       
                                         
     
 (Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note) 

Signature Guarantee*:
                                         
                        
  

	*	Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee). 

  
 9 

 Option of Holder to Elect Purchase 
 If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.10 or 4.14 of the Indenture, check the appropriate box below: 

 ̈ Section 4.10
                     ̈ Section 4.14 

If you want to elect to have only part of the Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.10 or Section 4.14 of the
Indenture, state the amount you elect to have purchased: 
 $         

Date:                      

 

			
		 	Your Signature:
                                         
                                   
		 	(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)
		
		 	Tax Identification No.:
                                         
                       

 Signature Guarantee*:
                                         
                        
  

	*	Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee). 

  
 10 

 SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF
INTERESTS IN THE GLOBAL NOTE * 
 The following
exchanges of a part of this Global Note for an interest in another Global Note or for a Definitive Note, or exchanges of a part of another Global Note or Definitive Note for an interest in this Global Note, have been made: 

 

									
	 Date of Exchange
	 	 Amount of decrease in
 Principal Amount
 [at maturity] of

this Global Note
	 	 Amount of increase in
 Principal Amount
 [at maturity] of

this Global Note
	 	 Principal Amount
 [at maturity] of this
 Global Note following

such decrease
 (or increase)
	 	 Signature of authorized
 signatory of Trustee or

Custodian

		 		 		 		 	
		 		 		 		 	
		 		 		 		 	
		 		 		 		 	

  

	*	This schedule should be included only if the Note is issued in global form. 

  
 11 

 EXHIBIT B 
 FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER 
 Endo Pharmaceuticals Holdings Inc. 

100 Endo Boulevard 
 Chadds Ford, PA 19317

 Wells Fargo Bank, National Association 
 DAPS Reorg 
 MAC N9303-121 

608-2nd
 Avenue South 
 Minneapolis, Minnesota 55479 

Telephone No.: (877) 872-4605 
 Facsimile
No.: (866) 969-1290 
 Email: DAPSReorg@wellsfargo.com 

Re: 7 1/4% Senior Notes due 2022 

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of June 8, 2011 (the “Indenture”), among Endo Pharmaceuticals
Holdings Inc., as issuer (the “Company”), the Guarantors party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.

                      
      , (the “Transferor”) owns and proposes to transfer the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified in Annex A hereto, in the principal amount of
$             in such Note[s] or interests (the “Transfer”), to
                             (the “Transferee”), as further specified in Annex A
hereto. In connection with the Transfer, the Transferor hereby certifies that: 
 [CHECK ALL THAT APPLY] 

1.  ̈ Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in the 144A
Global Note or a Restricted Definitive Note pursuant to Rule 144A. The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and,
accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that the beneficial interest or Definitive Note is being transferred to a Person that the Transferor reasonably believes is purchasing the beneficial interest or Definitive Note for its own
account, or for one or more accounts with respect to which such Person exercises sole investment discretion, and such Person and each such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A in a transaction
meeting the requirements of Rule 144A, and such Transfer is in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the
transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the 144A Global Note and/or the Restricted Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the
Securities Act. 
 2.  ̈ Check if Transferee will take delivery of a
beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note or a Restricted Definitive Note pursuant to Regulation S. The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and, accordingly,
the Transferor hereby further certifies that (i) the Transfer is not being made to a Person in the United States and (x) at the time the buy order was originated, the Transferee was outside the United States or such Transferor and any
Person acting on its behalf reasonably believed and believes that the Transferee was outside the United States or (y) the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated offshore securities market and neither such
Transferor nor any Person acting on its behalf 

  
 B-1

 
knows that the transaction was prearranged with a buyer in the United States, (ii) no directed selling efforts have been made in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(b) or Rule
904(b) of Regulation S under the Securities Act (iii) the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act and (iv) if the proposed transfer is being made prior to the expiration of
the Restricted Period, the transfer is not being made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person (other than an Initial Purchaser). Upon consummation of the proposed transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the
transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on Transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Regulation S Global Note and/or the Restricted Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the
Securities Act. 
 3.  ̈ Check and complete if Transferee will take
delivery of a beneficial interest in the IAI Global Note or a Restricted Definitive Note pursuant to any provision of the Securities Act other than Rule 144A or Regulation S. The Transfer is being effected in compliance with the transfer
restrictions applicable to beneficial interests in Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States, and
accordingly the Transferor hereby further certifies that (check one): 
 (a)
 ̈ such Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act; 
 or 
 (b)  ̈ such
Transfer is being effected to the Company or a subsidiary thereof; 
 or 

(c)  ̈ such Transfer is being effected pursuant to an effective
registration statement under the Securities Act and in compliance with the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act; 
 or 
 (d)  ̈ such
Transfer is being effected to an Institutional Accredited Investor and pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 144A, Rule 144, Rule 903 or Rule 904, and the Transferor hereby further
certifies that it has not engaged in any general solicitation within the meaning of Regulation D under the Securities Act and the Transfer complies with the transfer restrictions applicable to beneficial interests in a Restricted Global Note or
Restricted Definitive Notes and the requirements of the exemption claimed, which certification is supported by (1) a certificate executed by the Transferee in the form of Exhibit D to the Indenture and (2) if such Transfer is in respect of
a principal amount of Notes at the time of transfer of less than $250,000, an Opinion of Counsel provided by the Transferor or the Transferee (a copy of which the Transferor has attached to this certification), to the effect that such Transfer is in
compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the
Private Placement Legend printed on the IAI Global Note and/or the Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture and the Securities Act. 
 4.  ̈ Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or of an Unrestricted Definitive Note.

  
 B-2

 (a)  ̈ Check if Transfer is pursuant to
Rule 144. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any
state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in
accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on
Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture. 
 (b)  ̈ Check if Transfer
is Pursuant to Regulation S. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable
blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon
consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed
on the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture. 
 (c)
 ̈ Check if Transfer is Pursuant to Other Exemption. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in compliance with an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities
Act other than Rule 144, Rule 903 or Rule 904 and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any State of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer
contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred
beneficial interest or Definitive Note will not be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes or Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture. 

This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Company. 

 

					
		 	  

		 		 	[Insert Name of Transferor]
			
		 	By:	 	  

		 		 	 Name:

Title:

			
	Dated:                     	 		 	

  
 B-3

 EXHIBIT C 
 FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE 
 Endo Pharmaceuticals Holdings Inc. 

100 Endo Boulevard 
 Chadds Ford, PA 19317

 Wells Fargo Bank, National Association 
 DAPS Reorg 
 MAC N9303-121 

608-2nd
 Avenue South 
 Minneapolis, Minnesota 55479 

Telephone No.: (877) 872-4605 
 Facsimile
No.: (866) 969-1290 
 Email: DAPSReorg@wellsfargo.com 

Re: 7 1/4% Senior Notes due 2022 

(CUSIP [        ]) 
 Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of June 8, 2011 (the “Indenture”), among Endo Pharmaceuticals Holdings Inc., as issuer (the “Company”), the
Guarantors party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture. 

                      
      , (the “Owner”) owns and proposes to exchange the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified herein, in the principal amount of
$             in such Note[s] or interests (the “Exchange”). In connection with the Exchange, the Owner hereby certifies that: 

1. Exchange of Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note for Unrestricted Definitive Notes or
Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note 
 (a)  ̈ Check if
Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a beneficial interest
in an Unrestricted Global Note in an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance
with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture
and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities
laws of any state of the United States. 
 (b)  ̈ Check if Exchange is from
beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to Unrestricted Definitive Note. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, the Owner hereby certifies
(i) the Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global Notes and pursuant to and in
accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the Definitive Note is
being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. 

  
 C-1

 (c)  ̈ Check if Exchange is from
Restricted Definitive Note to beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. In connection with the Owner’s Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, the Owner hereby certifies
(i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to
and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial
interest is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. 
 (d)  ̈ Check if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to Unrestricted Definitive Note. In connection with the Owner’s Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note for an Unrestricted Definitive
Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to
Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the
Securities Act and (iv) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. 
 2. Exchange of Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes for Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes 

(a)  ̈ Check if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to
Restricted Definitive Note. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a Restricted Definitive Note with an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies that the Restricted
Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer. Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the Restricted Definitive Note issued will continue to be subject to the
restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act. 
 (b)  ̈ Check if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note. In connection with the Exchange of the
Owner’s Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in the [CHECK ONE]  ̈ 144A Global Note,  ̈ Regulation S Global Note,  ̈ IAI Global Note with an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer and (ii) such Exchange
has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, and in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the
United States. Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the beneficial interest issued will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the
relevant Restricted Global Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act. 
 This certificate and the statements contained
herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Company. 
  

	
	  

	[Insert Name of Transferor]

  
 C-2

			
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:

 Dated:
                     

  
 C-3

 EXHIBIT D 
 FORM OF CERTIFICATE FROM 
 ACQUIRING INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR 

Endo Pharmaceuticals Holdings Inc. 
 100 Endo
Boulevard 
 Chadds Ford, PA 19317 

[Trustee Address] 

[                         
         ] 

[                         
         ] 
 Re: 7 1/4% Senior Notes due 2022 

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of June 8, 2011 (the “Indenture”), among Endo Pharmaceuticals
Holdings Inc., as issuer (the “Company”), the Guarantors party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.

 In connection with our proposed purchase of $         aggregate principal
amount of: 
 (a)  ̈ a beneficial interest in a Global Note, or 

(b)  ̈ a Definitive Note, 

we confirm that: 
 1. We understand that any subsequent transfer of the Notes or any interest therein is subject to certain restrictions and conditions set forth in the Indenture and the undersigned agrees to be bound by,
and not to resell, pledge or otherwise transfer the Notes or any interest therein except in compliance with, such restrictions and conditions and the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). 

2. We understand that the offer and sale of the Notes have not been registered under the Securities Act, and that the Notes and any
interest therein may not be offered or sold except as permitted in the following sentence. We agree, on our own behalf and on behalf of any accounts for which we are acting as hereinafter stated, that if we should sell the Notes or any interest
therein, we will do so only (A) to the Company or any subsidiary thereof, (B) in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act to a “qualified institutional buyer” (as defined therein), (C) to an institutional
“accredited investor” (as defined below) that, prior to such transfer, furnishes (or has furnished on its behalf by a U.S. broker-dealer) to you and to the Company a signed letter substantially in the form of this letter and, if such
transfer is in respect of a principal amount of Notes, at the time of transfer of less than $250,000, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Company to the effect that such transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act,
(D) outside the United States in accordance with Rule 904 of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (E) pursuant to the provisions of Rule 144 under the Securities Act or (F) pursuant to an effective registration statement under the
Securities Act, and we further agree to provide to any Person purchasing the Definitive Note or beneficial interest in a Global Note from us in a transaction meeting the requirements of clauses (A) through (E) of this paragraph a notice
advising such purchaser that resales thereof are restricted as stated herein. 
 3. We understand that, on any proposed resale
of the Notes or beneficial interest therein, we will be required to furnish to you and the Company such certifications, legal opinions and other information as you and the Company may reasonably require to confirm that the proposed sale complies

  
 D-1

 
with the foregoing restrictions. We further understand that the Notes purchased by us will bear a legend to the foregoing effect. 

4. We are an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) of Regulation D under
the Securities Act) and have such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of our investment in the Notes, and we and any accounts for which we are acting are each able to bear
the economic risk of our or its investment. 
 5. We are acquiring the Notes or beneficial interest therein purchased by us for
our own account or for one or more accounts (each of which is an institutional “accredited investor”) as to each of which we exercise sole investment discretion. 
 You and the Company are entitled to rely upon this letter and are irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceedings or
official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby. 
  

			
	  

	        [Insert Name of Accredited Investor]
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:

  

			
	Dated:                     	  	  

  
 D-2

 EXHIBIT E 
 [FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE 
 TO BE DELIVERED BY SUBSEQUENT GUARANTORS]

 SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (this “Supplemental Indenture”), dated as of
                            , among
                             (the “Guaranteeing Subsidiary”), a subsidiary of Endo
Pharmaceuticals Holdings Inc. (or its permitted successor), a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), the Company, the other Guarantors (as defined in the Indenture referred to herein) and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as
trustee under the Indenture referred to below (the “Trustee”). 
 W I T N E S S E T H 

WHEREAS, the Company has heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an indenture (the
“Indenture”), dated as of June 8, 2011 providing for the issuance of 7 1/4% Senior Notes due 2022 (the “Notes”); 
 WHEREAS, the
Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall unconditionally guarantee all of the Company’s
Obligations under the Notes and the Indenture on the terms and conditions set forth herein (the “Note Guarantee”); and 
 WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Indenture, the Trustee is authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture. 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby
acknowledged, the Guaranteeing Subsidiary and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes as follows: 
 1. CAPITALIZED TERMS. Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture. 

2. AGREEMENT TO GUARANTEE. The Guaranteeing Subsidiary hereby agrees to provide an
unconditional Guarantee on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Note Guarantee and in the Indenture including but not limited to Article 10 thereof. 
 4. NO RECOURSE AGAINST OTHERS. No director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Company or any Guarantor, as such, will have
any liability for any obligations of the Company or the Guarantors under the Notes, this Indenture, the Note Guarantees or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of Notes by accepting
a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. The waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws. 

5. NEW YORK LAW TO GOVERN; WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. THE COMPANY, THE TRUSTEE AND EACH OF THE GUARANTORS HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING

  
 E-1

 
TO THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY. 

6. COUNTERPARTS. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy (which may be
provided via facsimile or other electronic transmission) shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. 
 7. EFFECT OF HEADINGS. The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof. 

8. THE TRUSTEE. The Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or in respect of the
validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or for or in respect of the recitals contained herein, all of which recitals are made solely by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary and the Company. 

  
 E-2

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly
executed and attested, all as of the date first above written. 
 Dated:
                    , 
  

			
	[GUARANTEEING SUBSIDIARY]
		
	By:	 	  

		 	 Name:

Title:

	
	[ENDO PHARMACEUTICALS HOLDINGS INC.]
		
	By:	 	  

		 	 Name:

Title:

	
	[EXISTING GUARANTORS]
		
	By:	 	  

		 	 Name:

Title:

	
	 [WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL
ASSOCIATION],
as Trustee

		
	By:	 	  

		 	 Name:

Title:

  
 E-3Registration Rights Agreement - 2019 Notes

 Exhibit 10.1 
 REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT 
 This REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT dated
June 8, 2011 (this “Agreement”) is entered into by and among Endo Pharmaceuticals Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), the guarantors listed in Schedule 1 hereto (the “Initial
Guarantors”), Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, as representatives (the “Representatives”) of the Initial Purchasers listed in Schedule 1 to the Purchase
Agreement (as defined below) (collectively, the “Initial Purchasers”). 
 The Company, the Guarantors (as
defined herein) and the Initial Purchasers are parties to the Purchase Agreement dated June 3, 2011 (the “Purchase Agreement”), which provides for the sale by the Company to the Initial Purchasers an aggregate of $500,000,000
principal amount of the Company’s 7% Senior Notes due 2019 (the “Securities”) which will be guaranteed on an unsecured senior basis by each of the Guarantors. As an inducement to the Initial Purchasers to enter into the
Purchase Agreement, the Company and the Guarantors have agreed to provide to the Initial Purchasers and their direct and indirect transferees the registration rights set forth in this Agreement. The execution and delivery of this Agreement is a
condition to the closing under the Purchase Agreement. 
 In consideration of the foregoing, the parties hereto agree as
follows: 
 1. Definitions. As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings: 

“Additional Guarantor” shall mean any subsidiary of the Company that executes a Guarantee under the Indenture after the
date of this Agreement. 
 “Additional Interest” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(d) hereof.

 “Business Day” shall mean any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in
New York City are authorized or required by law to remain closed. 
 “Company” shall have the meaning set forth
in the preamble and shall also include the Company’s successors. 
 “Exchange Act” shall mean the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time. 
 “Exchange Dates” shall have the meaning set
forth in Section 2(a)(ii) hereof. 
 “Exchange Offer” shall mean the exchange offer by the Company and the
Guarantors of Exchange Securities for Registrable Securities pursuant to Section 2(a) hereof. 

 “Exchange Offer Registration” shall mean a registration under the
Securities Act effected pursuant to Section 2(a) hereof. 
 “Exchange Offer Registration Statement” shall
mean an exchange offer registration statement on Form S-4 (or, if applicable, on another appropriate form) and all amendments and supplements to such registration statement, in each case including the Prospectus contained therein or deemed a part
thereof, all exhibits thereto and any document incorporated by reference therein. 
 “Exchange Securities”
shall mean senior notes issued by the Company and guaranteed by the Guarantors under the Indenture containing terms identical to the Securities (except that the Exchange Securities will not be subject to restrictions on transfer or to any increase
in annual interest rate for failure to comply with this Agreement) and to be offered to Holders of Securities in exchange for Securities pursuant to the Exchange Offer. 
 “FINRA” means the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. 

“Free Writing Prospectus” means each free writing prospectus (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) prepared
by or on behalf of the Company or used or referred to by the Company in connection with the sale of the Securities or the Exchange Securities. 
 “Guarantees” shall mean the guarantees of the Securities and guarantees of the Exchange Securities by the Guarantors under the Indenture. 

“Guarantors” shall mean the Initial Guarantors, any Additional Guarantors and any Guarantor’s successor that
Guarantees the Securities. 
 “Holders” shall mean the Initial Purchasers, for so long as they own any
Registrable Securities, and each of their successors, assigns and direct and indirect transferees who become owners of Registrable Securities under the Indenture; provided, that, for purposes of Sections 4 and 5 of this Agreement,
the term “Holders” shall include Participating Broker-Dealers. 
 “Indemnified Person” shall have the
meaning set forth in Section 5(c) hereof. 
 “Indemnifying Person” shall have the meaning set forth in
Section 5 (c) hereof. 
 “Indenture” shall mean the Indenture relating to the Securities dated as of
June 8, 2011 among the Company, the Guarantors from time to time party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee, and as the same may be amended from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof. 

“Initial Purchasers” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble. 

“Inspector” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3(a)(xiv) hereof. 

  
 2 

 “Issue Date” shall mean June 8, 2011. 

“Issuer Information” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5(a) hereof. 

“Majority Holders” shall mean the Holders of a majority of the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Registrable
Securities; provided, that whenever the consent or approval of Holders of a specified percentage of Registrable Securities is required hereunder, any Registrable Securities owned directly or indirectly by the Company or any of its affiliates
shall not be counted in determining whether such consent or approval was given by the Holders of such required percentage or amount; and provided, further, that if the Company shall issue any additional Securities under the Indenture
prior to consummation of the Exchange Offer or, if applicable, the effectiveness of any Shelf Registration Statement, such additional Securities and the Registrable Securities to which this Agreement relates shall be treated together as one class
for purposes of determining whether the consent or approval of Holders of a specified percentage of Registrable Securities has been obtained. 
 “Notice and Questionnaire” shall mean a notice of registration statement and selling security holder questionnaire distributed to a Holder by the Company upon receipt of a Shelf Request
from such Holder. 
 “Participating Broker-Dealers” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4(a)
hereof. 
 “Participating Holder” shall mean any Holder of Registrable Securities that has returned a completed
and signed Notice and Questionnaire to the Company in accordance with Section 2(b) hereof. 
 “Person”
shall mean an individual, partnership, limited liability company, corporation, trust or unincorporated organization, or a government or agency or political subdivision thereof. 

“Prospectus” shall mean the prospectus included in, or, pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Securities Act,
deemed a part of, a Registration Statement, including any preliminary prospectus, and any such prospectus as amended or supplemented by any prospectus supplement, including a prospectus supplement with respect to the terms of the offering of any
portion of the Registrable Securities covered by a Shelf Registration Statement, and by all other amendments and supplements to such prospectus, and in each case including any document incorporated by reference therein. 

“Purchase Agreement” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble. 

“Registrable Securities” shall mean the Securities; provided, that the Securities shall cease to be Registrable
Securities (i) when a Registration Statement with respect to such Securities has become effective under the Securities Act and such Securities have been exchanged or disposed of pursuant to such Registration Statement, (ii) when such
Securities are sold pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act (or any similar provision then in force, but not Rule 144A), if following such resale such Securities do not bear any 

  
 3 

 
restrictive legend relating to the Securities Act and do not bear a restricted CUSIP number, (iii) when such Securities cease to be outstanding, (iv) except in the case of Securities
that otherwise remain Registrable Securities and that are held by an Initial Purchaser and that are ineligible to be exchanged in the Exchange Offer, when the Exchange Offer is consummated or (v) one year from the Issue Date. 

“Registration Default” shall mean, subject to Section 2(e), the occurrence of any of the following: (i) the
Exchange Offer is not completed on or prior to the Target Registration Date, (ii) the Shelf Registration Statement, if required pursuant to Section 2(b)(i) or Section 2(b)(ii) hereof, has not become effective on or prior to the Target
Registration Date, (iii) if the Company receives a Shelf Request pursuant to Section 2(b)(iii), the Shelf Registration Statement required to be filed thereby has not become effective by the later of (a) the Target Registration Date
and (b) 90 days after delivery of such Shelf Request, (iv) the Shelf Registration Statement, if required by this Agreement, has become effective and thereafter ceases to be effective or the Prospectus contained therein ceases to be usable,
in each case whether or not permitted by this Agreement, at any time during the Shelf Effectiveness Period, and such failure to remain effective or usable exists for more than 45 days (whether or not consecutive) in any 90-day period or (v) the
Shelf Registration Statement, if required by this Agreement, has become effective and thereafter, on more than 90 days in any 365-day period during the Shelf Effectiveness Period, the Shelf Registration Statement ceases to be effective or the
Prospectus contained therein ceases to be usable, in each case whether or not permitted by this Agreement. 

“Registration Expenses” shall mean any and all expenses incident to performance of or compliance by the Company and the
Guarantors with this Agreement, including without limitation: (i) all SEC, stock exchange or FINRA registration and filing fees, (ii) all fees and expenses incurred in connection with compliance with state securities or blue sky laws
(including reasonable fees and disbursements of not more than one counsel for the Underwriters or Holders (whose counsel shall be selected by the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of Registrable Securities to be registered in the
applicable Registration Statement) for each such jurisdiction in connection with blue sky qualification of any Exchange Securities or Registrable Securities), (iii) all expenses of any Persons in preparing or assisting in preparing, word
processing, printing and distributing any Registration Statement, any Prospectus, any Free Writing Prospectus and any amendments or supplements thereto, any underwriting agreements, securities sales agreements or other similar agreements and any
other documents relating to the performance of and compliance with this Agreement, (iv) all rating agency fees, (v) all fees and disbursements relating to the qualification of the Indenture under applicable securities laws, (vi) the
fees and disbursements of the Trustee and its counsel, (vii) the fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and the Guarantors and, in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, the reasonable fees and disbursements of one counsel for
the Participating Holders (which counsel shall be selected by the Participating Holder holding a majority in aggregate principal amount of Registrable Securities held by such Participating Holders and which counsel may also be counsel for the
Initial Purchasers) and (viii) the fees and disbursements of the independent registered public accountants of the Company and the Guarantors, including the expenses of any special audits or

  
 4 

 
“comfort” letters required by or incident to the performance of and compliance with this Agreement, but excluding any and all fees and expenses of advisors or counsel to the
Underwriters (other than fees and expenses set forth in clause (ii) above) or the Holders and underwriting discounts and commissions, brokerage commissions and transfer taxes, if any, relating to the sale or disposition of Registrable
Securities by a Holder pursuant to any Registration Statement. 
 “Registration Statement” shall mean any
registration statement of the Company and the Guarantors that covers any of the Exchange Securities or Registrable Securities pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement and all amendments and supplements to any such registration statement,
including post-effective amendments, in each case including the Prospectus contained therein or deemed a part thereof, all exhibits thereto and any document incorporated by reference therein. 

“Representatives” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble. 

“SEC” shall mean the United States Securities and Exchange Commission. 

“Securities” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble. 

“Securities Act” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time. 

“Shelf Effectiveness Period” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(b) hereof. 

“Shelf Registration” shall mean a registration effected pursuant to Section 2(b) hereof. 

“Shelf Registration Statement” shall mean a “shelf” registration statement of the Company and any Guarantor
that covers all or a portion of the Registrable Securities (but no other securities unless approved by a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Securities held by the Participating Holders) on an appropriate form under Rule 415 under the
Securities Act, or any similar rule that may be adopted by the SEC, and all amendments and supplements to such registration statement, including post-effective amendments, in each case including the Prospectus contained therein or deemed a part
thereof, all exhibits thereto and any document incorporated by reference therein. 
 “Shelf Request” shall have
the meaning set forth in Section 2(b) hereof. 
 “Staff” shall mean the staff of the SEC. 

“Suspension Period” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(e) hereof. 

“Target Registration Date” shall mean 270 days after the Issue Date. 

“Trust Indenture Act” shall mean the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended from time to time. 

  
 5 

 “Trustee” shall mean the trustee with respect to the Securities under the
Indenture. 
 “Underwriter” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3(e) hereof. 

“Underwritten Offering” shall mean an offering in which Registrable Securities are sold to an Underwriter for reoffering
to the public. 
 2. Registration Under the Securities Act. 

(a) To the extent not prohibited by any applicable law or applicable interpretations of the Staff, the Company and the Guarantors shall
(i) cause to be filed with the SEC an Exchange Offer Registration Statement covering an offer to the Holders to exchange all the Registrable Securities for Exchange Securities, (ii) use their commercially reasonable efforts to cause such
Registration Statement to become and remain effective until 180 days after the last Exchange Date for use by one or more Participating Broker-Dealers, (iii) commence the Exchange Offer promptly after the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is
declared effective by the SEC and (iv) use their commercially reasonable efforts to complete the Exchange Offer not later than 270 days after the Issue Date. The Company and the Guarantors shall cause the Exchange Offer Registration Statement
to be effective continuously and shall keep the Exchange Offer open for a period of not less than the minimum period required under applicable federal and state securities laws to consummate the Exchange Offer; provided, however, that
in no event shall such period be less than 20 Business Days after the date notice of the Exchange Offer is mailed to the Holders. 
 The Company and the Guarantors shall commence the Exchange Offer by mailing the related Prospectus, appropriate letters of transmittal and other accompanying documents to each Holder stating, in addition
to such other disclosures as are required by applicable law, substantially the following: 
 (i) that the
Exchange Offer is being made pursuant to this Agreement and that all Registrable Securities validly tendered and not properly withdrawn will be accepted for exchange; 

(ii) the dates of acceptance for exchange (which shall be a period of at least 20 Business Days from the date such notice
is mailed) (the “Exchange Dates”); 
 (iii) that any Registrable Security not tendered will
remain outstanding and continue to accrue interest but will not retain any rights under this Agreement, except as otherwise specified herein; 
 (iv) that any Holder electing to have a Registrable Security exchanged pursuant to the Exchange Offer will be required to (A) surrender such Registrable Security, together with the appropriate
letters of transmittal, to the institution and at the address and in the manner specified in the notice, or (B) effect such exchange otherwise in compliance with the applicable procedures of the

  
 6 

 
depositary for such Registrable Security, in each case prior to the close of business on the last Exchange Date; and 

(v) that any Holder will be entitled to withdraw its election, not later than the close of business on the last Exchange
Date, by (A) sending to the institution and at the address specified in the notice, a telegram, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of such Holder, the principal amount of Registrable Securities delivered for exchange and a
statement that such Holder is withdrawing its election to have such Securities exchanged or (B) effecting such withdrawal in compliance with the applicable procedures of the depositary for the Registrable Securities. 

As a condition to participating in the Exchange Offer, each Holder will be required to represent to the Company and the Guarantors prior
to the consummation of the Exchange Offer (which representation may be contained in the letter of transmittal contemplated by the Exchange Offer Registration Statement) that (1) any Exchange Securities to be received by it will be acquired in
the ordinary course of its business, (2) at the time of the commencement of the Exchange Offer it has no arrangement or understanding with any Person to participate in the distribution (within the meaning of the Securities Act) of the Exchange
Securities in violation of the provisions of the Securities Act, (3) it is not an “affiliate” (within the meaning of Rule 405 promulgated under the Securities Act) of the Company or any Guarantor, (4) if such holder is not a
broker-dealer, that it is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, the distribution of Exchange Securities and (5) if such Holder is a broker-dealer that will receive Exchange Securities for its own account in exchange for Registrable
Securities that were acquired as a result of market-making or other trading activities, then such Holder will deliver a Prospectus (or, to the extent permitted by law, make available a Prospectus to purchasers) in connection with any resale of such
Exchange Securities. 
 As soon as practicable after the last Exchange Date, the Company and the Guarantors shall: 

(i) accept for exchange Registrable Securities or portions thereof validly tendered and not properly withdrawn pursuant to
the Exchange Offer; and 
 (ii) deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Trustee for cancellation all
Registrable Securities or portions thereof so accepted for exchange by the Company and issue, and cause the Trustee to promptly authenticate and deliver to each Holder, Exchange Securities equal in principal amount to the principal amount of the
Registrable Securities validly tendered by such Holder and accepted for exchange pursuant to the Exchange Offer. 
 The Company
and the Guarantors shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to complete the Exchange Offer as provided above and shall comply with the applicable requirements of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act and other applicable laws and regulations
in connection with the Exchange Offer. The Exchange Offer shall not be 

  
 7 

 
subject to any conditions, other than that the Exchange Offer does not violate any applicable law or applicable interpretations of the Staff. 

(b) In the event that (i) the Company and the Guarantors determine that the Exchange Offer Registration provided for in
Section 2(a) hereof is not available or the Exchange Offer may not be completed as soon as reasonably practicable after the last Exchange Date because it would violate any applicable law or applicable interpretations of the Staff, (ii) the
Exchange Offer is not for any other reason completed on or before the Target Registration Date (or if such day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day) or (iii) upon receipt of a written request (a “Shelf
Request”) from any Initial Purchaser representing that it holds Registrable Securities that are or were ineligible to be exchanged in the Exchange Offer, the Company and the Guarantors shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to
cause to be filed as soon as practicable after such determination, date or Shelf Request, as the case may be, a Shelf Registration Statement providing for the sale of all the Registrable Securities by the Holders thereof and to have such Shelf
Registration Statement become effective; provided, that no Holder will be entitled to have any Registrable Securities included in any Shelf Registration Statement, or entitled to use the prospectus forming a part of such Shelf Registration
Statement, until such Holder shall have delivered a completed and signed Notice and Questionnaire and provided such other information regarding such Holder to the Company as is contemplated by Section 3(b) hereof. 

In the event that the Company and the Guarantors are required to file a Shelf Registration Statement pursuant to clause (iii) of the
preceding sentence, the Company and the Guarantors shall use their reasonable best efforts to file and have become effective both an Exchange Offer Registration Statement pursuant to Section 2(a) hereof with respect to all Registrable
Securities and a Shelf Registration Statement (which may be a combined Registration Statement with the Exchange Offer Registration Statement) with respect to offers and sales of Registrable Securities held by the Initial Purchasers after completion
of the Exchange Offer. 
 The Company and the Guarantors agree to use their commercially reasonable efforts to keep the Shelf
Registration Statement continuously effective until the Securities cease to be Registrable Securities (the “Shelf Effectiveness Period”). The Company and the Guarantors further agree to supplement or amend the Shelf Registration
Statement, the related Prospectus and any Free Writing Prospectus if required by the rules, regulations or instructions applicable to the registration form used by the Company for such Shelf Registration Statement or by the Securities Act or by any
other rules and regulations thereunder or if reasonably requested by a Holder of Registrable Securities with respect to information relating to such Holder, and to use their commercially reasonable efforts to cause any such amendment to become
effective, if required, and such Shelf Registration Statement, Prospectus or Free Writing Prospectus, as the case may be, to become usable as soon as thereafter practicable. Upon the written request of the Participating Holders, the Company and the
Guarantors agree to furnish to such Participating Holders copies of any such supplement or amendment promptly after its being used or filed with the SEC. 

  
 8 

 (c) The Company and the Guarantors shall pay all Registration Expenses in connection with
any registration pursuant to Section 2(a) or Section 2(b) hereof. Each Holder shall pay all underwriting discounts and commissions, brokerage commissions and transfer taxes, if any, relating to the sale or disposition of such Holder’s
Registrable Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement. 
 (d) An Exchange Offer Registration Statement pursuant to
Section 2(a) hereof will not be deemed to have become effective unless it has been declared effective by the SEC. A Shelf Registration Statement pursuant to Section 2(b) hereof will not be deemed to have become effective unless it has been
declared effective by the SEC or is automatically effective upon filing with the SEC as provided by Rule 462 under the Securities Act. 
 If a Registration Default occurs, the interest rate on the Registrable Securities will be increased by (i) 0.25% per annum for the first 90-day period beginning on the day immediately following
such Registration Default and (ii) an additional 0.25% per annum with respect to each subsequent 90-day period, in each case until and including the date such Registration Default ends, up to a maximum increase of 1.00% per annum
(such additional interest, the “Additional Interest”). A Registration Default ends when the Securities cease to be Registrable Securities or, if earlier, (1) in the case of a Registration Default under clause (i) of the
definition thereof, when the Exchange Offer is completed, (2) in the case of a Registration Default under clause (ii) or clause (iii) of the definition thereof, when the Shelf Registration Statement becomes effective or (3) in
the case of a Registration Default under clause (iv) or clause (v) of the definition thereof, when the Shelf Registration Statement again becomes effective or the Prospectus again becomes usable. If at any time more than one Registration
Default has occurred and is continuing, then, until the next date that there is no Registration Default, the increase in interest rate provided for by this paragraph shall apply as if there occurred a single Registration Default that begins on the
date that the earliest such Registration Default occurred and ends on such next date that there is no Registration Default. 

(e) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Company may suspend the effectiveness of the Shelf Registration
Statement for up to 45 days in any 90-day period but no more than 90 days in any 365-day period (such period, a “Suspension Period”) (except for the consecutive 45-day period immediately prior to maturity of the Notes), if there is a
possible acquisition or business combination or other transaction, business development or event involving the Company that may require disclosure in the Shelf Registration Statement and the Company determines in the exercise of its reasonable
judgment that such disclosure is not in the best interests of the Company or obtaining any financial statements relating to an acquisition or business combination required to be included in the Shelf Registration Statement would be impracticable. If
a Suspension Period is triggered, the Company shall promptly notify any Participating Holders of the suspension of the effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement; provided that such notice shall not require the Company to disclose the
possible acquisition or business combination or other transaction, business development or event if the Company determines in good faith that such acquisition or business combination or other transaction, business development or event should remain

  
 9 

 
confidential. Upon the abandonment, consummation or termination of the possible acquisition or business combination or other transaction, business development or event or the availability of the
required financial statements with respect to a possible acquisition or business combination, the suspension of the use of the Shelf Registration Statement pursuant to this paragraph shall cease and the Company shall promptly notify Participating
Holders that the use of the prospectus contained in the Shelf Registration Statement as amended or supplemented, as applicable, may resume. The Company shall provide a reasonable number of copies of the latest version of such prospectus to
Participating Holders, promptly upon written request, and in no event later than five Business Days after such request, at any time during such period. 
 (f) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the increased interest rate described in Section 2(d) hereof is the sole and exclusive remedy available to Holders due to a failure by
the Company and the Guarantors to comply with their obligations under Section 2(a) and Section 2(b) hereof, so long as the Company and the Guarantors are acting in good faith hereunder, including, without limitation, with respect to
satisfying their obligations. 
 3. Registration Procedures. 

(a) In connection with their obligations pursuant to Section 2(a) and Section 2(b) hereof, the Company and the Guarantors shall
as soon as practicable (unless otherwise stated below): 
 (i) prepare and file with the SEC a Registration
Statement on the appropriate form under the Securities Act, which form (A) shall be selected by the Company and the Guarantors, (B) shall, in the case of a Shelf Registration, be available for the sale of the Registrable Securities by the
Holders thereof and (C) shall comply as to form in all material respects with the requirements of the applicable form and include all financial statements required by the SEC to be filed therewith; and use their commercially reasonable efforts
to cause such Registration Statement to become effective and remain effective for the applicable period in accordance with Section 2 hereof; 
 (ii) prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and post-effective amendments to each Registration Statement as may be necessary to keep such Registration Statement effective for the applicable period
in accordance with Section 2 hereof and cause each Prospectus to be supplemented by any required prospectus supplement and, as so supplemented, to be filed pursuant to Rule 424 under the Securities Act; and keep each Prospectus current during
the period described in Section 4(3) of and Rule 174 under the Securities Act that is applicable to transactions by brokers or dealers with respect to the Registrable Securities or Exchange Securities; 

(iii) to the extent any Free Writing Prospectus is used, file with the SEC any Free Writing Prospectus that is required to
be filed by the Company or 

  
 10 

 
the Guarantors with the SEC in accordance with the Securities Act and to retain any Free Writing Prospectus not required to be filed; 

(iv) in the case of a Shelf Registration, upon written request, furnish to each Participating Holder, to counsel for the
Initial Purchasers, to counsel for all such Participating Holders and to each Underwriter of an Underwritten Offering of Registrable Securities, if any, without charge, as many copies of each Prospectus, preliminary prospectus or Free Writing
Prospectus, and any amendment or supplement thereto, as such Participating Holder, counsel or Underwriter may reasonably request in writing in order to facilitate the sale or other disposition of the Registrable Securities thereunder; and, subject
to Section 3(c) hereof, the Company and the Guarantors consent to the use of such Prospectus, preliminary prospectus or such Free Writing Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto in accordance with applicable law by each of the
Participating Holders and any such Underwriters in connection with the offering and sale of the Registrable Securities covered by and in the manner described in such Prospectus, preliminary prospectus or such Free Writing Prospectus or any amendment
or supplement thereto in accordance with applicable law; 
 (v) use their commercially reasonable efforts to
register or qualify the Registrable Securities under all applicable state securities or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions as any Participating Holder shall reasonably request in writing by the time the applicable Registration Statement becomes
effective; cooperate with such Participating Holders in connection with any filings required to be made with FINRA; and use their commercially reasonable efforts to do any and all other acts and things that may be reasonably necessary or advisable
to enable each Participating Holder to complete the disposition in each such jurisdiction of the Registrable Securities owned by such Participating Holder; provided, that neither the Company nor any Guarantor shall be required to
(1) qualify as a foreign corporation or other entity or as a dealer in securities in any such jurisdiction where it would not otherwise be required to so qualify, (2) file any general consent to service of process in any such jurisdiction
(3) subject itself to taxation in any such jurisdiction if it is not so subject or (4) make any changes to its incorporating or organizational documents or limited liability agreement, if applicable, or any other agreement between it and
its stockholders or members, if any; 
 (vi) notify counsel for the Initial Purchasers and, in the case of a
Shelf Registration, notify each Participating Holder and counsel for such Participating Holders promptly and, if requested by any such Participating Holder or counsel, confirm such advice in writing (1) when a Registration Statement has become
effective, when any post-effective amendment thereto has been filed and becomes effective, when any Free Writing Prospectus has been filed or any amendment or supplement to the Prospectus or any Free Writing Prospectus has been filed, (2) of
any request by the SEC or any state securities authority for amendments and supplements to a Registration Statement, Prospectus or any Free Writing 

  
 11 

 
Prospectus or for additional information after the Registration Statement has become effective, (3) of the issuance by the SEC or any state securities authority of any stop order suspending
the effectiveness of a Registration Statement or the initiation of any proceedings for that purpose, including the receipt by the Company of any notice of objection of the SEC to the use of a Shelf Registration Statement or any post-effective
amendment thereto pursuant to Rule 401(g)(2) under the Securities Act, (4) if, between the applicable effective date of a Shelf Registration Statement and the closing of any sale of Registrable Securities covered thereby, the representations
and warranties of the Company or any Guarantor contained in any underwriting agreement, securities sales agreement or other similar agreement, if any, relating to an offering of such Registrable Securities cease to be true and correct in all
material respects or if the Company or any Guarantor receives any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the Registrable Securities for sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation of any proceeding for such purpose,
(5) of the happening of any event during the period a Registration Statement is effective that makes any statement made in such Registration Statement or the related Prospectus or any Free Writing Prospectus untrue in any material respect or
that requires the making of any changes in such Registration Statement or Prospectus or any Free Writing Prospectus in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading and
(6) of any determination by the Company or any Guarantor that a post-effective amendment to a Registration Statement or any amendment or supplement to the Prospectus or any Free Writing Prospectus would be appropriate; 

(vii) use their commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the withdrawal of any order suspending the effectiveness of a
Registration Statement or, in the case of a Shelf Registration, the resolution of any objection of the SEC pursuant to Rule 401(g)(2) under the Securities Act, including by filing an amendment to such Registration Statement on the proper form, at
the earliest practicable date and provide prompt notice to each Holder or Participating Holder of the withdrawal of any such order or such resolution; 
 (viii) in the case of a Shelf Registration, upon the written request of the Participating Holders, furnish to each such Participating Holder, without charge, at least one conformed copy of each
Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto (without any documents incorporated therein by reference or exhibits thereto, unless requested); 
 (ix) in the case of a Shelf Registration, unless any Registrable Securities shall be in book-entry only form, cooperate with the Participating Holders to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of
certificates representing Registrable Securities to be sold and not bearing any restrictive legends and enable such Registrable Securities to be issued in such denominations and registered in such names (consistent with the provisions of the
Indenture) as such Participating Holders may reasonably request at least two Business Day prior to the closing of any sale of Registrable Securities; 

  
 12 

 (x) in the case of a Shelf Registration, upon the occurrence of any event
contemplated by Section 3(a)(vi)(5) hereof, use their commercially reasonable efforts to prepare and file with the SEC a supplement or post-effective amendment to such Shelf Registration Statement or the related Prospectus or any Free Writing
Prospectus or any document incorporated therein by reference or file any other required document so that, as thereafter delivered (or, to the extent permitted by law, made available) to purchasers of the Registrable Securities, such Prospectus or
Free Writing Prospectus, as the case may be, will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not
misleading; and the Company and the Guarantors shall notify the Participating Holders (in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement) and the Initial Purchasers and any Participating Broker-Dealers known to the Company (in the case of an Exchange
Offer Registration Statement) to suspend use of the Prospectus or any Free Writing Prospectus as promptly as practicable after the occurrence of such an event, and such Participating Holders, such Participating Broker-Dealers and the Initial
Purchasers, as applicable, hereby agree to suspend use of the Prospectus or any Free Writing Prospectus, as the case may be, until the Company and the Guarantors have amended or supplemented the Prospectus or the Free Writing Prospectus, as the case
may be, to correct such misstatement or omission; 
 (xi) a reasonable time prior to the filing of any
Registration Statement, any Prospectus, any Free Writing Prospectus, any amendment to a Registration Statement or amendment or supplement to a Prospectus or a Free Writing Prospectus (other than any document that is to be incorporated by reference
into a Registration Statement, a Prospectus or a Free Writing Prospectus after initial filing of a Registration Statement and does not name the Holders of Registrable Securities in their capacity as such), provide copies of such document to the
Initial Purchasers and their counsel (if the Initial Purchasers hold any Registrable Securities) (and, in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, to the Participating Holders and their counsel) and make such of the representatives of the Company
and the Guarantors as shall be reasonably requested by the Initial Purchasers or their counsel (if the Initial Purchasers hold any Registrable Securities) (and, in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, the Participating Holders or their
counsel) available for discussion of such document; and the Company and the Guarantors shall not, at any time after initial filing of a Registration Statement, use or file any Prospectus, any Free Writing Prospectus, any amendment of or supplement
to a Registration Statement or a Prospectus or a Free Writing Prospectus (other than any document that is to be incorporated by reference into a Registration Statement, a Prospectus or a Free Writing Prospectus and does not name the Holders of
Registrable Securities in their capacity as such), of which the Initial Purchasers and their counsel (if the Initial Purchasers hold any Registrable Securities and, in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, the Participating Holders and their
counsel) shall not have previously been advised and furnished a copy or to which the Initial Purchasers or their counsel (if the Initial Purchasers hold Registrable Securities and, in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, the

  
 13 

 
Participating Holders or their counsel) shall reasonably object within five Business Days after receipt thereof, unless the Company believes such Prospectus, Free Writing Prospectus or amendment
or supplement to such Prospectus or Free Writing Prospectus is required by applicable law; 
 (xii) obtain a
CUSIP number for all Exchange Securities or Registrable Securities, as the case may be, not later than the initial effective date of a Registration Statement; 
 (xiii) cause the Indenture to be qualified under the Trust Indenture Act in connection with the registration of the Exchange Securities or Registrable Securities, as the case may be; cooperate with the
Trustee and the Holders to effect such changes to the Indenture as may be required for the Indenture to be so qualified in accordance with the terms of the Trust Indenture Act; and execute, and use their commercially reasonable efforts to cause the
Trustee to execute, all documents as may be required to effect such changes and all other forms and documents required to be filed with the SEC to enable the Indenture to be so qualified in a timely manner; 

(xiv) in the case of a Shelf Registration, make available for inspection by a representative of the Participating Holders
(an “Inspector”), any Underwriter participating in any disposition pursuant to such Shelf Registration Statement, any attorneys and accountants designated by a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Securities held by the
Participating Holders (but not more than one counsel and one accounting firm acting for all such Participating Holders) and any attorneys and accountants designated by such Underwriter (but not more than one counsel and one accounting firm acting
for such underwriter), at reasonable times and in a reasonable manner, all pertinent financial and other records, documents and properties of the Company, the Guarantors and their subsidiaries, and cause the respective officers, directors and
employees of the Company and the Guarantors to supply all information reasonably requested by any such Inspector, Underwriter, attorney or accountant to conduct reasonable investigation within the meaning of Section 11 of the Securities Act in
connection with a Shelf Registration Statement; provided, that the foregoing investigation and information gathering shall be coordinated on behalf of such parties by one counsel designated by and on behalf of such parties; and provided
further, if any such information is identified by the Company or any Guarantor as being confidential or proprietary, each Person shall be entitled to receive such information only after entering into a non-disclosure agreement in a form
acceptable to the Company; 
 (xv) if reasonably requested by any Participating Holder, promptly include in a
Prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment such information with respect to such Participating Holder as such Participating Holder reasonably requests to be included therein and make all required filings of such Prospectus supplement or such
post-effective amendment promptly after the Company has received notification of the matters to be so included in such filing, and in any event within 30 days of the Company’s receipt of such notification; 

  
 14 

 (xvi) in the case of a Shelf Registration, enter into such customary
agreements and take all such other reasonable actions in connection therewith (including those reasonably requested by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Registrable Securities covered by the Shelf Registration Statement) in order
to expedite or facilitate the disposition of such Registrable Securities including, but not limited to, an Underwritten Offering and in such connection, (1) to the extent possible, make such representations and warranties to the Participating
Holders and any Underwriters of such Registrable Securities with respect to the business of the Company, the Guarantors and their subsidiaries and the Registration Statement, Prospectus, any Free Writing Prospectus and documents incorporated by
reference or deemed incorporated by reference, if any, in each case, in form, substance and scope as are customarily made by issuers and guarantors to underwriters in underwritten offerings and confirm the same if and when requested, (2) use
commercially reasonable efforts to obtain opinions of counsel to the Company and the Guarantors (which counsel and opinions, in form, scope and substance, shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Participating Holders and such Underwriters and their
counsel), addressed to each Participating Holder and Underwriter of Registrable Securities, covering the matters customarily covered in opinions requested in underwritten offerings, (3) use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain
“comfort” letters from the independent registered public accountants of the Company and the Guarantors (and, if necessary, any other registered public accountant of any subsidiary of the Company or any Guarantor, or of any business
acquired by the Company or any Guarantor for which financial statements and financial data are or are required to be included in the Registration Statement) addressed to each Participating Holder (to the extent permitted by applicable professional
standards) and Underwriter of Registrable Securities, such letters to be in customary form and covering matters of the type customarily covered in “comfort” letters in connection with underwritten offerings, including but not limited to
financial information contained in any preliminary prospectus, Prospectus or Free Writing Prospectus and (4) deliver such documents and certificates as may be reasonably requested by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the
Registrable Securities being sold or the Underwriters, and which are customarily delivered in underwritten offerings, to evidence the continued validity of the representations and warranties of the Company and the Guarantors made pursuant to clause
(1) above and to evidence compliance with any customary conditions contained in an underwriting agreement; and 
 (xvii) so long as any Registrable Securities remain outstanding, cause each Additional Guarantor upon the creation or acquisition by the Company of such Additional Guarantor, to execute a counterpart to
this Agreement in the form attached hereto as Annex A and to deliver such counterpart to the Initial Purchasers no later than ten Business Days following the execution thereof. 

(b) In the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, the Company may require each Holder of Registrable Securities to furnish to the
Company a Notice and Questionnaire and such other information regarding such Holder and the proposed 

  
 15 

 
disposition by such Holder of such Registrable Securities as the Company and the Guarantors may from time to time reasonably request in writing. 

(c) In the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, each Participating Holder agrees that, upon receipt of any notice from the Company and
the Guarantors of the happening of any event of the kind described in Section 3(a)(vi)(3) or Section 3(a)(vi)(5) hereof, such Participating Holder will forthwith discontinue disposition of Registrable Securities pursuant to the Shelf
Registration Statement until such Participating Holder’s receipt of the copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus and any Free Writing Prospectus contemplated by Section 3(a)(x) hereof, or until it is advised in writing by the
Company that the use of the Prospectus may be resumed, and, if so directed by the Company and the Guarantors, such Participating Holder will deliver to the Company and the Guarantors all copies in its possession, other than permanent file copies
then in such Participating Holder’s possession, of the Prospectus and any Free Writing Prospectus covering such Registrable Securities that is current at the time of receipt of such notice. 

(d) If the Company and the Guarantors shall give any notice to suspend the disposition of Registrable Securities pursuant to a
Registration Statement, the Company and the Guarantors shall extend the period during which such Registration Statement shall be maintained effective pursuant to this Agreement by the number of days during the period from and including the date of
the giving of such notice to and including the date when the Holders of such Registrable Securities shall have received copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus or any Free Writing Prospectus necessary to resume such dispositions. Such
suspensions shall not exceed 45 days in any 90-day period or 90 days in any 365-day period. 
 (e) The Participating Holders who
desire to do so may sell their Registrable Securities in an Underwritten Offering. In any such Underwritten Offering, the investment bank or investment banks and manager or managers (each an “Underwriter”) that will administer the
offering will be selected by the Holders of a majority of outstanding aggregate principal amount of the Registrable Securities included in such offering. 
 4. Participation of Broker-Dealers in Exchange Offer. 
 (a) The Staff has
taken the position that any broker-dealer that receives Exchange Securities for its own account in the Exchange Offer in exchange for Securities that were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making or other trading activities (a
“Participating Broker-Dealer”) may be deemed to be an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act and must deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale of
such Exchange Securities. 
 The Company and the Guarantors understand that it is the Staff’s position that if the
Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement includes a plan of distribution containing a statement to the above effect and the means by which 

  
 16 

 
Participating Broker-Dealers may resell the Exchange Securities, without naming the Participating Broker-Dealers or specifying the amount of Exchange Securities owned by them, such Prospectus may
be delivered by Participating Broker-Dealers (or, to the extent permitted by law, made available to purchasers) to satisfy their prospectus delivery obligation under the Securities Act in connection with resales of Exchange Securities for their own
accounts, so long as the Prospectus otherwise meets the requirements of the Securities Act. 
 (b) In light of the above, and
notwithstanding the other provisions of this Agreement, the Company and the Guarantors agree to amend or supplement the Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement for a period of up to 180 days after the last Exchange Date (as
such period may be extended pursuant to Section 3(d) of this Agreement), in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of any Exchange Securities by Participating Broker-Dealers consistent with the positions of the Staff recited in
Section 4(a) above. The Company and the Guarantors further agree that Participating Broker-Dealers shall be authorized to deliver such Prospectus (or, to the extent permitted by law, make available) during such period in connection with the
resales contemplated by this Section 4. 
 (c) The Initial Purchasers shall have no liability to the Company, any Guarantor
or any Holder with respect to any request that they may make pursuant to Section 4(b) hereof. 
 5. Indemnification and
Contribution. 
 (a) The Company and each Guarantor, jointly and severally, agree to indemnify and hold harmless each Initial
Purchaser and each Holder, their respective affiliates, directors and officers and each Person, if any, who controls any Initial Purchaser or any Holder within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange
Act, from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including, without limitation, legal fees and other expenses incurred in connection with any suit, action or proceeding or any claim asserted, as such fees and expenses are
incurred promptly following receipt of a request therefor), joint or several, that arise out of, or are based upon, (1) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Registration Statement or any omission
or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein not misleading, or (2) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any
Prospectus, any Free Writing Prospectus or any “issuer information” (“Issuer Information”) filed or required to be filed pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act, or any omission or alleged omission to state
therein a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, in each case except insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities arise out of, or are
based upon, any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with any information relating to any Initial Purchaser or information relating to any Holder furnished to the Company in
writing through the Representatives or any selling Holder, respectively, expressly for 

  
 17 

 
use therein. In connection with any Underwritten Offering permitted by Section 3, the Company and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, will also indemnify the Underwriters, if any, selling
brokers, dealers and similar securities industry professionals participating in the distribution, their respective affiliates and each Person who controls such Persons (within the meaning of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act) to the same
extent as provided above with respect to the indemnification of the Holders, if requested in connection with any Registration Statement, any Prospectus, any Free Writing Prospectus or any Issuer Information. 

(b) Each Holder agrees, severally and not jointly, to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, the Guarantors, the Initial Purchasers and
the other selling Holders, the directors of the Company and the Guarantors, each officer of the Company and the Guarantors who signed the Registration Statement and each Person, if any, who controls the Company, the Guarantors, any Initial Purchaser
and any other selling Holder within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act to the same extent as the indemnity set forth in paragraph (a) above, but only with respect to any losses, claims,
damages or liabilities that arise out of, or are based upon, any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with any information relating to such Holder furnished to the Company in
writing by such Holder expressly for use in any Registration Statement, any Prospectus and any Free Writing Prospectus. 
 (c)
If any suit, action, proceeding (including any governmental or regulatory investigation), claim or demand shall be brought or asserted against any Person in respect of which indemnification may be sought pursuant to either paragraph (a) or
(b) above, such Person (the “Indemnified Person”) shall promptly notify the Person against whom such indemnification may be sought (the “Indemnifying Person”) in writing; provided, that the failure to
notify the Indemnifying Person shall not relieve it from any liability that it may have under paragraph (a) or (b) above except to the extent that it has been materially prejudiced (through the forfeiture of substantive rights or defenses)
by such failure; and provided, further, that the failure to notify the Indemnifying Person shall not relieve it from any liability that it may have to an Indemnified Person otherwise than under paragraph (a) or (b) above. If
any such proceeding shall be brought or asserted against an Indemnified Person and it shall have notified the Indemnifying Person thereof, the Indemnifying Person shall retain counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Person to represent
the Indemnified Person and any others entitled to indemnification pursuant to this Section 5 that the Indemnifying Person may designate in such proceeding and shall pay the fees and expenses of such proceeding and shall pay the fees and
expenses of such counsel related to such proceeding, as incurred. In any such proceeding, any Indemnified Person shall have the right to retain its own counsel, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such Indemnified
Person unless (i) the Indemnifying Person and the Indemnified Person shall have mutually agreed to the contrary; (ii) the Indemnifying Person has failed within a reasonable time to retain counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified
Person; (iii) the Indemnified Person shall have reasonably concluded that there may be legal defenses available to it that are different from or in addition to those available to the Indemnifying Person; or (iv) the named parties in any
such proceeding (including any 

  
 18 

 
impleaded parties) include both the Indemnifying Person and the Indemnified Person and representation of both parties by the same counsel would be inappropriate due to actual or potential
differing interests between them. It is understood and agreed that the Indemnifying Person shall not, in connection with any proceeding or related proceeding in the same jurisdiction, be liable for the fees and expenses of more than one separate
firm (in addition to any local counsel) for all Indemnified Persons, and that all such fees and expenses shall be reimbursed as they are incurred. Any such separate firm (x) for any Initial Purchaser, its affiliates, directors and officers and
any control Persons of such Initial Purchaser shall be designated in writing by the Representatives, (y) for any Holder, its directors and officers and any control Persons of such Holder shall be designated in writing by the Majority Holders
and (z) in all other cases shall be designated in writing by the Company. The Indemnifying Person shall not be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent, but if settled with such consent or if there be a
final judgment for the plaintiff, the Indemnifying Person agrees to indemnify each Indemnified Person from and against any loss or liability by reason of such settlement or judgment. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, if at any time an
Indemnified Person shall have requested that an Indemnifying Person reimburse the Indemnified Person for fees and expenses of counsel as contemplated by this paragraph, the Indemnifying Person shall be liable for any settlement of any proceeding
effected without its written consent if (i) such settlement is entered into more than 30 days after receipt by the Indemnifying Person of such request and (ii) the Indemnifying Person shall not have reimbursed the Indemnified Person in
accordance with such request prior to the date of such settlement. No Indemnifying Person shall, without the written consent of the Indemnified Person, effect any settlement of any pending or threatened proceeding in respect of which any Indemnified
Person is or could have been a party and indemnification could have been sought hereunder by such Indemnified Person, unless such settlement (A) includes an unconditional release of such Indemnified Person, in form and substance reasonably
satisfactory to such Indemnified Person, from all liability on claims that are the subject matter of such proceeding and (B) does not include any statement as to or any admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any
Indemnified Person. 
 (d) To the extent the indemnification provided for in paragraphs (a) and (b) above is
unavailable to an Indemnified Person or insufficient in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to therein, then each Indemnifying Person under such paragraph, in lieu of indemnifying such Indemnified Person thereunder, shall
contribute to the amount paid or payable by such Indemnified Person as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company and the Guarantors
from the offering of the Securities and the Exchange Securities, on the one hand, and by the Holders from receiving Securities or Exchange Securities registered under the Securities Act, on the other hand, or (ii) if the allocation provided by
clause (i) is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) but also the relative fault of the Company and the Guarantors on the one hand and the
Holders on the other in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the Company and the Guarantors on the

  
 19 

 
one hand and the Holders on the other shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged
omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company and the Guarantors or by the Holders and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or
omission. 
 (e) The Company, the Guarantors and the Holders agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution
pursuant to this Section 5 were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Holders were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation that does not take account of the equitable considerations
referred to in paragraph (d) above. The amount paid or payable by an Indemnified Person as a result of the losses, claims, damages and liabilities referred to in paragraph (d) above shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations
set forth above, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such Indemnified Person in connection with investigating, preparing to defend, or defending any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 5, in no
event shall a Holder be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total price at which the Securities or Exchange Securities sold by such Holder exceeds the amount of any damages that such Holder has otherwise been
required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. No Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution
from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The Holders’ obligations to contribute pursuant to this Section 5 are several in proportion to the respective principal amount of the Registrable Securities held by
each Holder and not joint. 
 (f) The remedies provided for in this Section 5 are not exclusive and shall not limit any
rights or remedies that may otherwise be available to any Indemnified Person at law or in equity. 
 (g) The indemnity and
contribution provisions contained in this Section 5 shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of (i) any termination of this Agreement, (ii) any investigation made by or on behalf of the Initial Purchasers or any
Holder or any Person controlling any Initial Purchaser or any Holder, or by or on behalf of the Company or the Guarantors or the officers or directors of or any Person controlling the Company or the Guarantors, (iii) acceptance of any of the
Exchange Securities and (iv) any sale of Registrable Securities pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement. 
 6.
General. 
 (a) No Inconsistent Agreements. The Company and the Guarantors represent, warrant and agree that
(i) the rights granted to the Holders hereunder do not in any way conflict with and are not inconsistent with the rights granted to the holders of any other outstanding securities issued or guaranteed by the Company or any Guarantor under any
other agreement and (ii) neither the Company nor any Guarantor 

  
 20 

 
has entered into, or on or after the date of this Agreement will enter into, any agreement that is inconsistent with the rights granted to the Holders of Registrable Securities in this Agreement
or otherwise conflicts with the provisions hereof. 
 (b) Amendments and Waivers. The provisions of this Agreement,
including the provisions of this sentence, may not be amended, modified or supplemented, and waivers or consents to departures from the provisions hereof may not be given unless the Company and the Guarantors have obtained the written consent of
Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Registrable Securities affected by such amendment, modification, supplement, waiver or consent; provided, that no amendment, modification, supplement, waiver or
consent to any departure from the provisions of Section 5hereof shall be effective as against any Holder of Registrable Securities unless consented to in writing by such Holder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a waiver or consent to departure
from the provisions hereof with respect to a matter that relates exclusively to the rights of Holders whose Registrable Securities are being tendered pursuant to the Exchange Offer, and that does not affect directly or indirectly the rights of other
Holders whose Registrable Securities are not being tendered pursuant to such Exchange Offer, may be given by the Holders of a majority of the outstanding principal amount of Registrable Securities; provided, that, any amendments,
modifications, supplements, waivers or consents pursuant to this Section 6(b) shall be by a writing executed by each of the parties hereto. 
 (c) Notices. All notices and other communications provided for or permitted hereunder shall be made in writing by hand-delivery, registered first-class mail, telecopier, or any courier guaranteeing
overnight delivery (i) if to a Holder, at the most current address given by such Holder to the Company by means of a notice given in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6(c), which address initially is, with respect to the
Initial Purchasers, the address set forth in the Purchase Agreement; (ii) if to the Company and the Guarantors, initially at the Company’s address set forth in the Purchase Agreement and thereafter at such other address, notice of which is
given in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6(c); and (iii) to such other persons at their respective addresses as provided in the Purchase Agreement and thereafter at such other address, notice of which is given in accordance
with the provisions of this Section 6(c). All such notices and communications shall be deemed to have been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five Business Days after being deposited in the mail, postage
prepaid, if mailed; when receipt is acknowledged, if telecopied; and on the next Business Day if timely delivered to an air courier guaranteeing overnight delivery. Copies of all such notices, demands or other communications shall be concurrently
delivered by the Person giving the same to the Trustee, at the address specified in the Indenture. 
 (d) Successors and
Assigns. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the successors, assigns and transferees of each of the parties, including, without limitation and without the need for an express assignment, subsequent Holders;
provided, that nothing herein shall be deemed to permit any assignment, transfer or other disposition of Registrable Securities in violation of the terms of the Purchase Agreement or the Indenture. If any transferee of any Holder shall

  
 21 

 
acquire Registrable Securities in any manner, whether by operation of law or otherwise, such Registrable Securities shall be held subject to all the terms of this Agreement, and by taking and
holding such Registrable Securities such Person shall be conclusively deemed to have agreed to be bound by and to perform all of the terms and provisions of this Agreement and such Person shall be entitled to receive the benefits hereof. The Initial
Purchasers (in their capacity as Initial Purchasers) shall have no liability or obligation to the Company or the Guarantors with respect to any failure by a Holder to comply with, or any breach by any Holder of, any of the obligations of such Holder
under this Agreement. 
 (e) Third Party Beneficiaries. Each Holder shall be a third party beneficiary to the agreements
made hereunder between the Company and the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Initial Purchasers, on the other hand, and shall have the right to enforce such agreements directly to the extent it deems such enforcement necessary or advisable to
protect its rights or the rights of other Holders hereunder. 
 (f) Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any
number of counterparts and by the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement. 

(g) Headings. The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only, are not a part of this Agreement and shall not
limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof. 
 (h) Governing Law. This Agreement, and any claim, controversy or dispute
arising under or related to this Agreement, shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York. 
 (i) Entire Agreement; Severability. This Agreement contains the entire agreement between the parties relating to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all oral statements and prior writings with
respect thereto. If any term, provision, covenant or restriction contained in this Agreement is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, void or unenforceable or against public policy, the remainder of the terms, provisions,
covenants and restrictions contained herein shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated. The Company, the Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers shall endeavor in good faith negotiations to replace
the invalid, void or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the invalid, void or unenforceable provisions. 

  
 22 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written
above. 
  

			
	ENDO PHARMACEUTICALS HOLDINGS INC.
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Alan G. Levin

		 	Name: Alan G. Levin
		 	 Title:   Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

	
	ENDO PHARMACEUTICALS INC.
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Alan G. Levin

		 	Name: Alan G. Levin
		 	 Title:   Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

	
	ENDO PHARMACEUTICALS SOLUTIONS INC.
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Alan G. Levin

		 	Name: Alan G. Levin
		 	 Title:   Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

	
	ENDO PHARMACEUTICALS VALERA INC.
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Alan G. Levin

		 	Name: Alan G. Levin
		 	 Title:   Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

	
	HEALTHTRONICS, INC.
		
	By:	 	 /s/ David P. Holveck

		 	Name: David P. Holveck
		 	 Title:   Chief Executive Officer

			
	GENERICS INTERNATIONAL (US), INC.
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Alan G. Levin

		 	 Name: Alan G. Levin

		 	 Title:   Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

	
	GENERICS BIDCO I, LLC
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Alan G. Levin

		 	 Name: Alan G. Levin

		 	 Title:   Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

	
	VINTAGE PHARMACEUTICALS, LLC
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Alan G. Levin

		 	 Name: Alan G. Levin

		 	 Title:   Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

	
	PENWEST PHARMACEUTICALS CO.
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Alan G. Levin

		 	 Name: Alan G. Levin

		 	 Title:   Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

	
	LEDGEMONT ROYALTY SUB LLC
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Alan G. Levin

		 	 Name: Alan G. Levin

		 	 Title:   Executive Vice President and Chief Financial
Officer

  
 24 

 Confirmed and accepted as of the date first above written: 

MERRILL LYNCH, PIERCE, FENNER & SMITH 

                         
   INCORPORATED 
 MORGAN STANLEY & CO. LLC 
 For themselves and on behalf of the 
 several Initial Purchasers 

 

			
	MERRILL LYNCH, PIERCE, FENNER & SMITH
	                            
INCORPORATED
		
	By	 	 /s/ Zehra Yasemin Esmer

		 	Name: Zehra Yasemin Esmer
		 	Title:   Director
	
	MORGAN STANLEY & CO. LLC
		
	By	 	 /s/ Christy Silvester

		 	Name: Christy Silvester
		 	Title:   Authorized Signatory

 SCHEDULE 1 
 Initial Guarantors 
 Endo Pharmaceuticals Inc. 

Endo Pharmaceuticals Solutions Inc. 
 Endo Pharmaceuticals Valera Inc. 
 HealthTronics, Inc. 

Generics International (US), Inc. 
 Generics Bidco I, LLC 
 Vintage Pharmaceuticals, LLC 

Penwest Pharmaceuticals Co. 
 Ledgemont Royalty Sub LLC 

 ANNEX A 
 [Counterpart to Registration Rights Agreement] 
 The undersigned hereby
absolutely, unconditionally and irrevocably agrees as a Guarantor (as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement, dated June 8, 2011 by and among Endo Pharmaceuticals Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation, the Guarantors party thereto and
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, on behalf of itself and the other Initial Purchasers) to be bound by the terms and provisions of such Registration Rights Agreement. 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this counterpart as of [—], 2011.

  

			
	[GUARANTOR]
		
	By	 	  

		
	Name:	 	
		
	Title:

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00190-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00190-of-00352.parquet"}]]